]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texinfo
gas/
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
7c31ae13 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81 105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
107Inc.
252b5132 108
0285c67d 109Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 110under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
111or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
112with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
113Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 114section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
115
116@c man end
0e9517a9 117@end copying
252b5132
RH
118
119@titlepage
120@title Using @value{AS}
121@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
122@ifclear GENERIC
123@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
124@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
125@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
126@sp 1
127@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
128@end ifset
252b5132
RH
129@sp 1
130@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
131@sp 1
132@sp 13
b45619c0 133The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 134Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 135first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
136The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
137distracting the boss while they got some work
138done.
139@sp 3
140@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
141@page
142@tex
143{\parskip=0pt
144\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
145\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
146}
147%"boxit" macro for figures:
148%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
149\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
150 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
151#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
152\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
153@end tex
154
155@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81 156Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1572000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
158Inc.
252b5132 159
cf055d54 160 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 161 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
162 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
163 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
164 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 165 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 166
252b5132 167@end titlepage
4ecceb71 168@contents
252b5132 169
2e64b665 170@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
171@node Top
172@top Using @value{AS}
173
e49e529d
JM
174This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
175@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
176@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
177@end ifset
178version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 179@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 180This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
181code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
182@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
183
184This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
185Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 186section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 187
252b5132
RH
188@menu
189* Overview:: Overview
190* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
191* Syntax:: Syntax
192* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
193* Symbols:: Symbols
194* Expressions:: Expressions
195* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
196@ifset ELF
197* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
198@end ifset
252b5132
RH
199* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
200* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
201* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 202* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 203* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 204@end menu
2e64b665 205@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
206
207@node Overview
208@chapter Overview
209@iftex
a4fb0134 210This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 211@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 212This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
213code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
214@end ifclear
215@end iftex
216
217@cindex invocation summary
218@cindex option summary
219@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 220Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 221see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 222
0285c67d
NC
223@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
224
a4fb0134 225@ignore
0285c67d
NC
226@c man begin SEEALSO
227gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
228@c man end
a4fb0134 229@end ignore
0285c67d 230
252b5132
RH
231@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
232@c to be limited to one line for the header.
233@smallexample
0285c67d 234@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 235@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 236 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 237 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
238 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
239 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
240 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
241 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
242 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
243 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
244 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 245 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 246 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
249@c
250@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 251@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
252@ifset ALPHA
253
254@emph{Target Alpha options:}
255 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
256 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 257 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
258 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
259 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
260@end ifset
252b5132 261@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
262
263@emph{Target ARC options:}
264 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
265 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
266@end ifset
267@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
268
269@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 270@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
271 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
272 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
273 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
274 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 275 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 276 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
277 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
278 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
279 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 280 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 281@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
282@ifset Blackfin
283
284@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
285 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
286 [@b{-mfdpic}]
287 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
288 [@b{-mnopic}]
289@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
290@ifset CRIS
291
292@emph{Target CRIS options:}
293 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
294 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
295 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 296 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
297@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
298@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
299@end ifset
252b5132 300@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
301
302@emph{Target D10V options:}
303 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
304@end ifset
305@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
306
307@emph{Target D30V options:}
308 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
309@end ifset
310@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
311
312@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
313 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
314@end ifset
315@ifset HPPA
316@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
317@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
318@ifset I80386
319
320@emph{Target i386 options:}
351f65ca 321 [@b{--32}|@b{--n32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 322 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
323@end ifset
324@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
325
326@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 327@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
328 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
329 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
330 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 331@end ifset
587fe2b3 332@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 333
9e32ca89
NC
334@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
335 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
336 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
337 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 338 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 339 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 340 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
341 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
342@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
343@ifset IP2K
344
345@emph{Target IP2K options:}
346 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
347@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
348@ifset M32C
349
350@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 351 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 352@end ifset
587fe2b3 353@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 354
a4fb0134
SC
355@emph{Target M32R options:}
356 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 357 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 358@end ifset
252b5132 359@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
360
361@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
362 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 363@end ifset
60bcf0fa 364@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
365
366@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 367 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
368 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
369 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 370 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
371 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
372 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
373@end ifset
374@ifset MCORE
375
376@emph{Target MCORE options:}
377 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
378 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 379@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
380@ifset MICROBLAZE
381@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
382@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
383@end ifset
252b5132 384@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
385
386@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 387 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 388 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 389 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
390 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
391 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 392 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 393 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
394 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
395 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 396 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 397 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 398 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 399 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 400 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 401 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 402 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 403 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 404 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
2babba43
MR
405 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
406 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
407 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 408 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 409 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
410@end ifset
411@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
412
413@emph{Target MMIX options:}
414 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
415 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
416 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 417 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
418@end ifset
419@ifset PDP11
420
421@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
422 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
423 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 424 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
425@end ifset
426@ifset PJ
427
428@emph{Target picoJava options:}
429 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
430@end ifset
431@ifset PPC
432
433@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
434 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
435 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
436 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
437 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|
438 @b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
439 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpw7}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
440 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}]
a4fb0134 441 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
442 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
443 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 444 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 445 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 446@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
447@ifset RX
448
449@emph{Target RX options:}
450 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
451 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
452 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
453@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
454@ifset S390
455
456@emph{Target s390 options:}
457 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
458 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
459 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
460@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
461@ifset SCORE
462
463@emph{Target SCORE options:}
464 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
465 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
466 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
467 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
468@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
469@ifset SPARC
470
471@emph{Target SPARC options:}
472@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
473 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
474 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
475 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
476 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
477@end ifset
478@ifset TIC54X
479
480@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 481 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
482 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
483@end ifset
3c9b82ba 484
40b36596
JM
485@ifset TIC6X
486
487@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
488 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
489 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
490 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 491@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
492@ifset TILEGX
493
494@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
495 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}]
496@end ifset
497@ifset TILEPRO
498@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
499@end ifset
40b36596 500
2d8b84ae
SA
501@ifset XTENSA
502
503@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
504 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
505 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
506 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
507 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
508@end ifset
509
3c9b82ba
NC
510@ifset Z80
511
512@emph{Target Z80 options:}
513 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
514 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
515 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
516 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
517 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
518 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
519 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
520@end ifset
521
a4fb0134
SC
522@ifset Z8000
523@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 524@end ifset
e0001a05 525
0285c67d 526@c man end
252b5132
RH
527@end smallexample
528
0285c67d
NC
529@c man begin OPTIONS
530
a4fb0134 531@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 532@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 533
83f10cb2 534@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
535Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
536
a4fb0134 537@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
538@item -ac
539omit false conditionals
540
541@item -ad
542omit debugging directives
543
83f10cb2
NC
544@item -ag
545include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
546
252b5132
RH
547@item -ah
548include high-level source
549
550@item -al
551include assembly
552
553@item -am
554include macro expansions
555
556@item -an
557omit forms processing
558
559@item -as
560include symbols
561
562@item =file
563set the name of the listing file
564@end table
565
566You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
567listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
568the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
569
caa32fe5 570@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
571Begin in alternate macro mode.
572@ifclear man
573@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
574@end ifclear
caa32fe5 575
955974c6
CC
576@item --compress-debug-sections
577Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
578to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
579compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
580
581@item --nocompress-debug-sections
582Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
583
252b5132
RH
584@item -D
585Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
586other assemblers.
587
3d6b762c
JM
588@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
589When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
590information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
591
252b5132
RH
592@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
593Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
594@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
595indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
596value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
597use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
598
599@item -f
600``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
601compiler output).
602
329e276d
NC
603@item -g
604@itemx --gen-debug
605Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
606debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
607ECOFF or DWARF2.
608
252b5132
RH
609@item --gstabs
610Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
611may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
612
05da4302
NC
613@item --gstabs+
614Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
615extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
616debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
617may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
618the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
619
329e276d 620@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 621Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 622may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 623option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 624
21be61f5
L
625@item --size-check=error
626@itemx --size-check=warning
627Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
628
252b5132
RH
629@item --help
630Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
631
ea20a7da
CC
632@item --target-help
633Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
634
252b5132
RH
635@item -I @var{dir}
636Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
637
638@item -J
639Don't warn about signed overflow.
640
641@item -K
642@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
643This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
644@end ifclear
645@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
646Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
647@end ifset
648
649@item -L
650@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
651Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
652system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
653or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
654@ifclear man
655@xref{Symbol Names}.
656@end ifclear
252b5132 657
c3a27914
NC
658@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
659Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
660listing to @var{number}.
661
662@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
663Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
664lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
665
666@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
667Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
668@var{number} bytes.
669
670@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
671Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
672to @var{number} + 1.
673
252b5132 674@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 675Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
676
677@item -R
678Fold the data section into the text section.
679
4bdd3565
NC
680@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
681Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
682@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
683assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
684memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
685requirements at the expense of speed.
686
687@item --reduce-memory-overheads
688This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
689assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
690@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
691
252b5132
RH
692@item --statistics
693Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
694assembly.
695
696@item --strip-local-absolute
697Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
698
699@item -v
700@itemx -version
a4fb0134 701Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
702
703@item --version
a4fb0134 704Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
705
706@item -W
2bdd6cf5 707@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
708Suppress warning messages.
709
2bdd6cf5
GK
710@item --fatal-warnings
711Treat warnings as errors.
712
713@item --warn
714Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
715
252b5132
RH
716@item -w
717Ignored.
718
719@item -x
720Ignored.
721
722@item -Z
723Generate an object file even after errors.
724
725@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
726Standard input, or source files to assemble.
727
728@end table
2a633939
JM
729@c man end
730
731@ifset ALPHA
732
733@ifclear man
734@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
735for an Alpha processor.
736@end ifclear
737
738@ifset man
739@c man begin OPTIONS
740The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
741processor.
742@c man end
743@c man begin INCLUDE
744@include c-alpha.texi
745@c ended inside the included file
746@end ifset
747
748@end ifset
252b5132 749
2a633939 750@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
751@ifset ARC
752The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
753an ARC processor.
754
a4fb0134 755@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
756@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
757This option selects the core processor variant.
758@item -EB | -EL
759Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
760@end table
761@end ifset
762
763@ifset ARM
764The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
765processor family.
766
a4fb0134 767@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 768@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 769Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 770@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 771Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 772@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 773Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
774@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
775Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
776@item -mthumb
777Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 778@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
779Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
780@item -EB | -EL
781Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
782@item -mthumb-interwork
783Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
784ARM code in mind.
785@item -k
786Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
787@end table
788@end ifset
635fb38d 789@c man end
252b5132 790
9982501a 791@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
792
793@ifclear man
794@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
795configured for the Blackfin processor family.
796@end ifclear
797
798@ifset man
799@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
800The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
801the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
802@c man end
803@c man begin INCLUDE
804@include c-bfin.texi
805@c ended inside the included file
806@end ifset
9982501a 807
9982501a
JZ
808@end ifset
809
635fb38d 810@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
811@ifset CRIS
812See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
813@end ifset
814
252b5132
RH
815@ifset D10V
816The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
817a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 818@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
819@cindex D10V optimization
820@cindex optimization, D10V
821@item -O
822Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
823@end table
824@end ifset
825
826@ifset D30V
827The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
828processor.
a4fb0134 829@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
830@cindex D30V optimization
831@cindex optimization, D30V
832@item -O
833Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
834
835@cindex D30V nops
836@item -n
837Warn when nops are generated.
838
839@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
840@item -N
841Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
842@end table
843@end ifset
731caf76
L
844@c man end
845
846@ifset I80386
252b5132 847
731caf76
L
848@ifclear man
849@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
850configured for an i386 processor.
851@end ifclear
852
853@ifset man
854@c man begin OPTIONS
855The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
856an i386 processor.
857@c man end
858@c man begin INCLUDE
859@include c-i386.texi
860@c ended inside the included file
861@end ifset
862
863@end ifset
864
865@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
866@ifset I960
867The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
868Intel 80960 processor.
869
a4fb0134 870@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
871@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
872Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
873
874@item -b
875Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
876
877@item -no-relax
878Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
879error if necessary.
880
881@end table
882@end ifset
883
a40cbfa3
NC
884@ifset IP2K
885The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 886Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
887
888@table @gcctabopt
889
890@item -mip2022ext
891Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
892
893@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 894Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
895just the basic IP2022 ones.
896
897@end table
898@end ifset
899
49f58d10
JB
900@ifset M32C
901The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
902Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
903
904@table @gcctabopt
905
906@item -m32c
907Assemble M32C instructions.
908
909@item -m16c
910Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
911
c54b5932
DD
912@item -relax
913Enable support for link-time relaxations.
914
915@item -h-tick-hex
916Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
917
49f58d10
JB
918@end table
919@end ifset
920
ec694b89
NC
921@ifset M32R
922The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 923Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 924
a4fb0134 925@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
926
927@item --m32rx
928Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
929is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
930
931@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
932Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 933encountered.
ec694b89
NC
934
935@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
936Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
937encountered.
ec694b89
NC
938
939@end table
940@end ifset
252b5132
RH
941
942@ifset M680X0
943The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
944Motorola 68000 series.
945
a4fb0134 946@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
947
948@item -l
949Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
950
0285c67d
NC
951@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
952@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
953@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
954Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
955is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
956
957@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
958The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
959The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
960the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
961two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
962coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
963
964@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
965The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
966unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
967
968@end table
969@end ifset
970
e135f41b
NC
971@ifset PDP11
972
973For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
974see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
975
a4fb0134 976@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
977@item -mpic | -mno-pic
978Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 979default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
980
981@item -mall
982@itemx -mall-extensions
983Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
984
985@item -mno-extensions
986Disable all instruction set extensions.
987
988@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
989Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
990
991@item -m@var{cpu}
992Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
993disable all other extensions.
994
995@item -m@var{machine}
996Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
997model, and disable all other extensions.
998@end table
999
1000@end ifset
1001
041dd5a9
ILT
1002@ifset PJ
1003The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1004a picoJava processor.
1005
a4fb0134 1006@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1007
1008@cindex PJ endianness
1009@cindex endianness, PJ
1010@cindex big endian output, PJ
1011@item -mb
1012Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1013
1014@cindex little endian output, PJ
1015@item -ml
1016Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1017
1018@end table
1019@end ifset
1020
60bcf0fa
NC
1021@ifset M68HC11
1022The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1023Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1024
a4fb0134 1025@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1026
d01030e6 1027@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
1028Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1029defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1030
2f904664
SC
1031@item -mshort
1032Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1033
1034@item -mlong
01642c12 1035Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1036
1037@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1038Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1039
1040@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1041Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1042
1370e33d 1043@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1044Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1045conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1046sub routine.
1047
1370e33d
NC
1048@item -S | --short-branches
1049Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1050when the offset is out of range.
1051
1052@item --strict-direct-mode
1053Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1054when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1055
1056@item --print-insn-syntax
1057Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1058
1059@item --print-opcodes
1060print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
1061
1062@item --generate-example
1063print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1064This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1065
1066@end table
1067@end ifset
1068
252b5132 1069@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1070The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1071for the SPARC architecture:
1072
a4fb0134 1073@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1074@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1075@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1076Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1077
1078@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1079@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1080
1081@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1082UltraSPARC extensions.
1083
1084@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1085For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1086equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1087
1088@item -bump
1089Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1090@end table
1091@end ifset
1092
39bec121
TW
1093@ifset TIC54X
1094The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1095architecture.
39bec121 1096
a4fb0134 1097@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1098@item -mfar-mode
1099Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1100extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1101@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1102Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1103@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1104Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1105behaviour in the shell.
1106@end table
1107@end ifset
1108
252b5132
RH
1109@ifset MIPS
1110The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1111a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1112
a4fb0134 1113@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1114@item -G @var{num}
1115This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1116implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1117use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1118
1119@cindex MIPS endianness
1120@cindex endianness, MIPS
1121@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1122@item -EB
1123Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1124
1125@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1126@item -EL
1127Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1128
1129@cindex MIPS ISA
1130@item -mips1
1131@itemx -mips2
1132@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1133@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1134@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1135@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1136@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1137@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1138@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1139Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1140@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1141alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1142@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1143@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1144@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1145correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1146@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1147and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1148ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1149
1150@item -march=@var{CPU}
1151Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1152
1153@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1154Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1155
1156@item -mfix7000
1157@itemx -mno-fix7000
1158Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1159of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1160
ecb4347a
DJ
1161@item -mdebug
1162@itemx -no-mdebug
1163Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1164section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1165
dcd410fe
RO
1166@item -mpdr
1167@itemx -mno-pdr
1168Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1169
437ee9d5
TS
1170@item -mgp32
1171@itemx -mfp32
1172The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1173flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1174all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1175and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1176
1177@item -mips16
1178@itemx -no-mips16
1179Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1180@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1181turns off this option.
252b5132 1182
df58fc94
RS
1183@item -mmicromips
1184@itemx -mno-micromips
1185Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1186@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1187turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1188at the start of the assembly file.
1189
e16bfa71
TS
1190@item -msmartmips
1191@itemx -mno-smartmips
1192Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1193equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1194@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1195
1f25f5d3
CD
1196@item -mips3d
1197@itemx -no-mips3d
1198Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1199This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1200@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1201
deec1734
CD
1202@item -mdmx
1203@itemx -no-mdmx
1204Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1205This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1206@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1207
2ef2b9ae
CF
1208@item -mdsp
1209@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1210Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1211This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1212@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1213
8b082fb1
TS
1214@item -mdspr2
1215@itemx -mno-dspr2
1216Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1217This option implies -mdsp.
1218This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1219@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1220
ef2e4d86
CF
1221@item -mmt
1222@itemx -mno-mt
1223Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1224This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1225@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1226
dec0624d
MR
1227@item -mmcu
1228@itemx -mno-mcu
1229Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1230This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1231@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1232
437ee9d5
TS
1233@item --construct-floats
1234@itemx --no-construct-floats
1235The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1236double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1237value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1238the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1239selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1240
1241@cindex emulation
1242@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1243This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1244for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1245between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1246debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1247endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1248@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1249@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1250of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1251the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1252in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1253selection in any case.
1254
1255This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1256@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1257Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1258@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1259the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1260configuration includes support for both.
1261
1262Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1263fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1264more processors.
1265
1266@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1267@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1268the native tools.
1269
252b5132
RH
1270@item --trap
1271@itemx --no-trap
1272@itemx --break
1273@itemx --no-break
1274Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1275@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1276(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1277@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1278break exception.
63486801
L
1279
1280@item -n
a4fb0134 1281When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1282time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1283@end table
1284@end ifset
1285
1286@ifset MCORE
1287The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1288an MCore processor.
1289
a4fb0134 1290@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1291@item -jsri2bsr
1292@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1293Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1294The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1295
1296@item -sifilter
1297@itemx -nosifilter
1298Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1299The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1300
1301@item -relax
1302Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1303
ec694b89
NC
1304@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1305Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1306can be assembled.
1307
1308@item -EB
1309Assemble for a big endian target.
1310
1311@item -EL
1312Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1313
1314@end table
1315@end ifset
1316
3c3bdf30
NC
1317@ifset MMIX
1318See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1319@end ifset
1320
635fb38d 1321@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1322@ifset PPC
1323
1324@ifclear man
1325@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1326for a PowerPC processor.
1327@end ifclear
1328
1329@ifset man
1330@c man begin OPTIONS
1331The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1332PowerPC processor.
1333@c man end
1334@c man begin INCLUDE
1335@include c-ppc.texi
1336@c ended inside the included file
1337@end ifset
1338
1339@end ifset
1340
635fb38d 1341@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1342@ifset RX
1343See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1344@end ifset
1345
11c19e16
MS
1346@ifset S390
1347The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1348processor family.
1349
1350@table @gcctabopt
1351@item -m31
1352@itemx -m64
1353Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1354@item -mesa
1355@item -mzarch
1356Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1357Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1358@item -march=@var{processor}
1359Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1360@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1361@item -mregnames
1362@itemx -mno-regnames
1363Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1364@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1365Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1366but evaluates to zero.
1367@end table
1368@end ifset
2a633939 1369@c man end
11c19e16 1370
40b36596 1371@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1372
1373@ifclear man
1374@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1375for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1376@end ifclear
1377
1378@ifset man
1379@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1380The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1381TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1382@c man end
1383@c man begin INCLUDE
1384@include c-tic6x.texi
1385@c ended inside the included file
1386@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1387
1388@end ifset
1389
aa137e4d
NC
1390@ifset TILEGX
1391
1392@ifclear man
1393@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1394for a TILE-Gx processor.
1395@end ifclear
1396
1397@ifset man
1398@c man begin OPTIONS
1399The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1400processor.
1401@c man end
1402@c man begin INCLUDE
1403@include c-tilegx.texi
1404@c ended inside the included file
1405@end ifset
1406
1407@end ifset
1408
e0001a05 1409@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1410
2d8b84ae
SA
1411@ifclear man
1412@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1413for an Xtensa processor.
1414@end ifclear
1415
1416@ifset man
1417@c man begin OPTIONS
1418The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1419Xtensa processor.
1420@c man end
1421@c man begin INCLUDE
1422@include c-xtensa.texi
1423@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1424@end ifset
1425
2d8b84ae
SA
1426@end ifset
1427
1428@c man begin OPTIONS
1429
3c9b82ba
NC
1430@ifset Z80
1431The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1432a Z80 family processor.
1433@table @gcctabopt
1434@item -z80
1435Assemble for Z80 processor.
1436@item -r800
1437Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1438@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1439@itemx -Wnud
1440Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1441@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1442@itemx -Wnup
1443Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1444@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1445@itemx -Wud
1446Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1447@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1448@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1449Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1450@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1451@itemx -Fud
1452Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1453@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1454@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1455Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1456@end table
1457@end ifset
1458
0285c67d
NC
1459@c man end
1460
252b5132
RH
1461@menu
1462* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1463* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1464* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1465* Command Line:: Command Line
1466* Input Files:: Input Files
1467* Object:: Output (Object) File
1468* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1469@end menu
1470
1471@node Manual
1472@section Structure of this Manual
1473
1474@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1475This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1476@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1477notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1478@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1479
1480@ifclear GENERIC
1481We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1482configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1483@end ifclear
1484@ifset GENERIC
1485This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1486various flavors of the assembler.
1487@end ifset
1488
1489@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1490On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1491to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1492In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1493architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1494mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1495particular architecture.
1496@ifset GENERIC
1497You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1498machine architecture manual for this information.
1499@end ifset
1500@ifclear GENERIC
1501@ifset H8/300
1502For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1503Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1504Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1505@end ifset
252b5132 1506@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1507For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1508see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1509@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1510@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1511@end ifset
1512@ifset Z8000
1513For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1514@end ifset
1515@end ifclear
1516
1517@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1518@ignore
1519Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1520the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1521Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1522computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1523once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1524qualification.
1525
a4fb0134 1526@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1527human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1528computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1529@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1530@end ignore
1531
1532@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1533@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1534@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1535@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1536@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1537@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1538@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1539@c directives).
1540
1541@node GNU Assembler
1542@section The GNU Assembler
1543
0285c67d
NC
1544@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1545
a4fb0134 1546@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1547@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1548This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1549configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1550@end ifclear
1551If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1552should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1553architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1554including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1555@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1556
1557@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1558@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1559@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1560@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1561assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1562machine would assemble.
1563@ifset VAX
1564Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1565@end ifset
1566@ifset M680X0
1567@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1568@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1569This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1570assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1571incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1572@end ifset
1573
0285c67d
NC
1574@c man end
1575
a4fb0134 1576Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1577program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1578@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1579
1580@node Object Formats
1581@section Object File Formats
1582
1583@cindex object file format
1584The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1585object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1586write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1587are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1588Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1589@ifclear GENERIC
1590@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1591For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1592@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1593@end ifclear
1594@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1595@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1596On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1597@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1598@end ifset
1599@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1600On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1601SOM or ELF format object files.
1602@end ifset
1603@end ifclear
1604
1605@node Command Line
1606@section Command Line
1607
1608@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1609
a4fb0134 1610After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1611options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1612before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1613significant.
1614
1615@cindex standard input, as input file
1616@kindex --
1617@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1618explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1619
1620@cindex options, command line
1621Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1622hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1623@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1624option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1625the letter is important. All options are optional.
1626
1627Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1628name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1629with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1630standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1631
1632@smallexample
1633@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1634@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1635@end smallexample
1636
1637@node Input Files
1638@section Input Files
1639
1640@cindex input
1641@cindex source program
1642@cindex files, input
1643We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1644describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1645be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1646doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1647
1648@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1649@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1650The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1651order specified.
1652
0285c67d 1653@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1654Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1655program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1656(The standard input is also a file.)
1657
a4fb0134 1658You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1659names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1660command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1661is taken to be an input file name.
1662
a4fb0134
SC
1663If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1664from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1665may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1666to assemble.
1667
1668Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1669in your command line.
1670
a4fb0134 1671If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1672file.
1673
0285c67d
NC
1674@c man end
1675
252b5132
RH
1676@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1677
1678@cindex input file linenumbers
1679@cindex line numbers, in input files
1680There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1681either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1682number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1683``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1684
1685@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1686to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1687
1688@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1689directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1690error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1691is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1692@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1693@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1694
1695@node Object
1696@section Output (Object) File
1697
1698@cindex object file
1699@cindex output file
1700@kindex a.out
1701@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1702Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1703your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1704is the object file. Its default name is
1705@ifclear BOUT
1706@code{a.out}.
1707@end ifclear
1708@ifset BOUT
1709@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1710@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1711@end ifset
a4fb0134 1712@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1713@end ifset
a4fb0134 1714You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1715object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1716reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1717directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1718possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1719
1720@cindex linker
1721@kindex ld
1722The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1723assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1724the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1725information for the debugger.
1726
1727@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1728@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1729
1730@node Errors
1731@section Error and Warning Messages
1732
0285c67d
NC
1733@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1734
a349d9dd 1735@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1736@cindex warning messages
1737@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1738@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1739file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1740runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1741that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1742grave problem that stops the assembly.
1743
0285c67d
NC
1744@c man end
1745
252b5132
RH
1746@cindex format of warning messages
1747Warning messages have the format
1748
1749@smallexample
1750file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1751@end smallexample
1752
1753@noindent
1754@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1755(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1756(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1757the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1758@ifset GENERIC
1759(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1760@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1761then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1762otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1763message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1764tradition).
1765
1766@cindex format of error messages
1767Error messages have the format
1768@smallexample
1769file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1770@end smallexample
1771The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1772messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1773because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1774
1775@node Invoking
1776@chapter Command-Line Options
1777
1778@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1779This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1780versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1781for options specific
252b5132 1782@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1783to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1784@end ifclear
1785@ifset GENERIC
1786to particular machine architectures.
1787@end ifset
1788
0285c67d
NC
1789@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1790
c1253627 1791If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1792you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1793The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1794by commas. For example:
1795
1796@smallexample
1797gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1798@end smallexample
1799
1800@noindent
1801This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1802standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1803local symbols in the symbol table).
1804
1805Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1806command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1807(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1808precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1809assembler.)
1810
0285c67d
NC
1811@c man end
1812
252b5132 1813@menu
83f10cb2 1814* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1815* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1816* D:: -D for compatibility
1817* f:: -f to work faster
1818* I:: -I for .include search path
1819@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1820* K:: -K for compatibility
1821@end ifclear
1822@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1823* K:: -K for difference tables
1824@end ifset
1825
ba83aca1 1826* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1827* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1828* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1829* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1830* o:: -o to name the object file
1831* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1832* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1833* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1834* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1835* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1836* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1837@end menu
1838
1839@node a
83f10cb2 1840@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1841
1842@kindex -a
1843@kindex -ac
1844@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1845@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1846@kindex -ah
1847@kindex -al
1848@kindex -an
1849@kindex -as
1850@cindex listings, enabling
1851@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1852
1853These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1854@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1855You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1856@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1857@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1858@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1859High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1860@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1861also.
1862
83f10cb2
NC
1863Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1864information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1865
252b5132
RH
1866Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1867which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1868other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1869omitted from the listing.
1870
1871Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1872listing.
1873
1874Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1875listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1876@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1877@code{.sbttl}.
1878The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1879If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1880listing-control directives have no effect.
1881
1882The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1883@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1884
96e9638b
BW
1885Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1886because it
c3a27914
NC
1887is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1888is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1889directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1890stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1891memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1892
caa32fe5
NC
1893@node alternate
1894@section @option{--alternate}
1895
1896@kindex --alternate
1897Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1898
252b5132 1899@node D
a4fb0134 1900@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1901
1902@kindex -D
1903This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1904likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1905@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1906
1907@node f
a4fb0134 1908@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1909
1910@kindex -f
1911@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1912@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1913@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1914(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1915and comment preprocessing on
1916the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1917,Preprocessing}.
1918
1919@quotation
1920@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1921preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1922not work correctly.
1923@end quotation
1924
1925@node I
c1253627 1926@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1927
1928@kindex -I @var{path}
1929@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1930@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1931@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1932Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1933@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1934directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1935many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1936working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1937searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1938specified (left to right) on the command line.
1939
1940@node K
a4fb0134 1941@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1942
1943@kindex -K
1944@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1945On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1946permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1947where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1948generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1949family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1950alteration on other platforms.
1951@end ifclear
1952
1953@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1954@cindex difference tables, warning
1955@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1956@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1957form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1958You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1959is done.
1960@end ifset
1961
1962@node L
ba83aca1 1963@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1964
1965@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1966@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1967Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1968@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1969called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1970such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1971programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1972notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1973such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1974
1975This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1976in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1977@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1978
c3a27914 1979@node listing
a4fb0134 1980@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1981
1982The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1983@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1984hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1985them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1986directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1987@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1988@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1989@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1990
a4fb0134 1991@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1992@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1993@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1994@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1995Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1996dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1997
1998@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1999@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2000@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2001Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2002a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2003the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2004switch is used the default is to one.
2005
2006@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2007@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2008@cindex Width of source line output
2009Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2010alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2011source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2012
2013@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2014@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2015@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2016Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2017displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2018@end table
2019
252b5132 2020@node M
a4fb0134 2021@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2022
2023@kindex -M
2024@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2025The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2026changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2027compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2028configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2029MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2030information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2031arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2032assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2033
2034The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2035depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2036file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2037individually. These are:
2038
2039@itemize @bullet
2040@item global symbols in common section
2041
2042The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2043Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2044common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2045symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2046symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2047
2048@item complex relocations
2049
2050The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2051relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2052are not support by other object file formats.
2053
2054@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2055
2056The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2057This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2058instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2059script.
2060
2061@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2062
2063The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2064name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2065
2066@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2067
2068The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2069address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2070which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2071not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2072assigned within a linker script.
2073@end itemize
2074
2075There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2076@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2077seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2078
2079@itemize @bullet
2080
2081@item EBCDIC strings
2082
2083EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2084
2085@item packed binary coded decimal
2086
2087Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2088and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2089
2090@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2091
2092The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2093
2094@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2095
2096The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2097
2098@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2099
2100The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2101@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2102relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2103these options serve no purpose.
2104
2105@item @code{OPT} list control options
2106
2107The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2108@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2109@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2110
2111@item other @code{OPT} options
2112
2113The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2114@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2115
2116@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2117
2118The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2119@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2120
2121@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2122
2123The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2124
2125@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2126
2127The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2128
2129@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2130
2131The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2132
2133@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2134
2135The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2136
2137@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2138
2139The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2140
2141@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2142
2143The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2144
2145@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2146
2147The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2148
2149@end itemize
2150
2151@node MD
c1253627 2152@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2153
2154@kindex --MD
2155@cindex dependency tracking
2156@cindex make rules
2157
a4fb0134 2158@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2159file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2160dependencies of the main source file.
2161
2162The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2163
2164This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2165
2166@node o
a4fb0134 2167@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2168
2169@kindex -o
2170@cindex naming object file
2171@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2172There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2173default it has the name
2174@ifset GENERIC
2175@ifset I960
2176@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2177@end ifset
2178@ifclear I960
2179@file{a.out}.
2180@end ifclear
2181@end ifset
2182@ifclear GENERIC
2183@ifset I960
2184@file{b.out}.
2185@end ifset
2186@ifclear I960
2187@file{a.out}.
2188@end ifclear
2189@end ifclear
2190You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2191object file a different name.
2192
a4fb0134 2193Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2194existing file of the same name.
2195
2196@node R
a4fb0134 2197@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2198
2199@kindex -R
2200@cindex data and text sections, joining
2201@cindex text and data sections, joining
2202@cindex joining text and data sections
2203@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2204@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2205data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2206the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2207section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2208your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2209appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2210
a4fb0134 2211When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2212address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2213data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2214older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2215
c1253627
NC
2216@ifset COFF-ELF
2217When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2218this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2219@samp{.data}.
2220@end ifset
2221
2222@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2223@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2224@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2225@end ifset
2226
2227@node statistics
a4fb0134 2228@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2229
2230@kindex --statistics
2231@cindex statistics, about assembly
2232@cindex time, total for assembly
2233@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2234Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2235@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2236(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2237seconds).
2238
2239@node traditional-format
c1253627 2240@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2241
2242@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2243For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2244from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2245@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2246
2247For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2248@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2249
2250@node v
a4fb0134 2251@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2252
2253@kindex -v
2254@kindex -version
2255@cindex assembler version
2256@cindex version of assembler
2257You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2258option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2259command line.
2260
2261@node W
a4fb0134 2262@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2263
a4fb0134 2264@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2265assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2266cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2267made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2268
c1253627
NC
2269@kindex -W
2270@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2271@cindex suppressing warnings
2272@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2273If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2274This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2275how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2276are still reported.
2277
c1253627 2278@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2279@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2280@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2281If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2282files that generate warnings to be in error.
2283
c1253627 2284@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2285@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2286You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2287causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2288
2289@node Z
a4fb0134 2290@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2291@cindex object file, after errors
2292@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2293After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2294some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2295@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2296option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2297writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2298errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2299
2300@node Syntax
2301@chapter Syntax
2302
2303@cindex machine-independent syntax
2304@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2305This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2306source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2307assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2308@ifclear VAX
2309assembler.
2310@end ifclear
2311@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2312assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2313@end ifset
2314
2315@menu
7c31ae13 2316* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2317* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2318* Comments:: Comments
2319* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2320* Statements:: Statements
2321* Constants:: Constants
2322@end menu
2323
2324@node Preprocessing
2325@section Preprocessing
2326
2327@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2328The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2329@itemize @bullet
2330@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2331@item
2332adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2333the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2334a single space.
2335
2336@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2337@item
2338removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2339appropriate number of newlines.
2340
2341@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2342@item
2343converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2344@end itemize
2345
2346It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2347anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2348do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2349(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2350to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2351@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2352Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2353
2354Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2355cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2356preprocessed.
2357
2358@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2359@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2360@kindex #NO_APP
2361@kindex #APP
2362If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2363@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2364Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2365specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2366text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2367@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2368@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2369and whitespace.
2370
2371@node Whitespace
2372@section Whitespace
2373
2374@cindex whitespace
2375@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2376Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2377people to read. Unless within character constants
2378(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2379as exactly one space.
2380
2381@node Comments
2382@section Comments
2383
2384@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2385There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2386cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2387
2388Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2389This means you may not nest these comments.
2390
2391@smallexample
2392/*
2393 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2394 is to use this sort of comment.
2395*/
2396
2397/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2398@end smallexample
2399
2400@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2401Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2402considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2403specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2404line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2405line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2406comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2407upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2408@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2409
2410If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2411special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2412to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2413
2414@kindex #
2415@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2416@cindex logical line numbers
2417To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2418special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2419expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2420line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2421new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2422
2423If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2424the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2425
2426@smallexample
2427 # This is an ordinary comment.
2428# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2429 # This is logical line # 36.
2430@end smallexample
2431This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2432of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2433
2434@node Symbol Intro
2435@section Symbols
2436
2437@cindex characters used in symbols
2438@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2439A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2440letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2441@samp{_.$}.
2442@end ifclear
2443@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2444@ifclear GENERIC
2445@ifset H8
2446A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2447letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2448@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2449symbol names.)
2450@end ifset
2451@end ifclear
2452@end ifset
2453@ifset GENERIC
2454On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2455are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2456@end ifset
2457No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2458There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2459delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2460(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2461not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2462@cindex length of symbols
2463
2464@node Statements
2465@section Statements
2466
2467@cindex statements, structure of
2468@cindex line separator character
2469@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2470
2471A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2472@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2473specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2474target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2475The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2476preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2477exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2478
2479@cindex newline, required at file end
2480@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2481It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2482character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2483
2484An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2485
2486@cindex instructions and directives
2487@cindex directives and instructions
2488@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2489@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2490@c 13feb91.
2491A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2492key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2493symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2494symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2495directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2496a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2497assembles into a machine language instruction.
2498@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2499Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2500recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2501represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2502language.@refill
2503@end ifset
2504
2505@cindex @code{:} (label)
2506@cindex label (@code{:})
2507A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2508Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2509have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2510
2511@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2512For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2513the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2514only one label may be defined on each line.
2515@end ifset
2516
2517@smallexample
2518label: .directive followed by something
2519another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2520 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2521@end smallexample
2522
2523@node Constants
2524@section Constants
2525
2526@cindex constants
2527A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2528inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2529@smallexample
2530@group
2531.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2532.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2533.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2534.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
253595028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2536@end group
2537@end smallexample
2538
2539@menu
2540* Characters:: Character Constants
2541* Numbers:: Number Constants
2542@end menu
2543
2544@node Characters
2545@subsection Character Constants
2546
2547@cindex character constants
2548@cindex constants, character
2549There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2550for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2551numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2552@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2553used in arithmetic expressions.
2554
2555@menu
2556* Strings:: Strings
2557* Chars:: Characters
2558@end menu
2559
2560@node Strings
2561@subsubsection Strings
2562
2563@cindex string constants
2564@cindex constants, string
2565A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2566double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2567into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2568a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2569one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2570@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2571(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2572escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2573
2574@cindex escape codes, character
2575@cindex character escape codes
2576@table @kbd
2577@c @item \a
2578@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2579@c
2580@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2581@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2582@item \b
2583Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2584
2585@c @item \e
2586@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2587@c
2588@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2589@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2590@item \f
2591Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2592
2593@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2594@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2595@item \n
2596Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2597
2598@c @item \p
2599@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2600@c
2601@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2602@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2603@item \r
2604Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2605
2606@c @item \s
2607@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2608@c other assemblers.
2609@c
2610@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2611@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2612@item \t
2613Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2614
2615@c @item \v
2616@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2617@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2618@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2619@c
2620@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2621@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2622@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2623An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2624For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2625for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2626
2627@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2628@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2629@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2630A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2631lower case @code{x} works.
2632
2633@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2634@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2635@item \\
2636Represents one @samp{\} character.
2637
2638@c @item \'
2639@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2640@c This is needed in single character literals
2641@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2642@c a @samp{'}.
2643@c
2644@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2645@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2646@item \"
2647Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2648this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2649
2650@item \ @var{anything-else}
2651Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2652assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2653you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2654interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2655other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2656code and warns you of the fact.
2657@end table
2658
2659Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2660varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2661the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2662compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2663sequence.
2664
2665@node Chars
2666@subsubsection Characters
2667
2668@cindex single character constant
2669@cindex character, single
2670@cindex constant, single character
2671A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2672followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2673to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2674must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2675@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2676grave accent. A newline
2677@ifclear GENERIC
2678@ifclear abnormal-separator
2679(or semicolon @samp{;})
2680@end ifclear
2681@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2682@ifset H8
2683(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2684Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2685@end ifset
2686@end ifset
2687@end ifclear
2688immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2689and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2690constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2691that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2692@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2693
2694@node Numbers
2695@subsection Number Constants
2696
2697@cindex constants, number
2698@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2699@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2700are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2701would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2702integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2703are floating point numbers, described below.
2704
2705@menu
2706* Integers:: Integers
2707* Bignums:: Bignums
2708* Flonums:: Flonums
2709@ifclear GENERIC
2710@ifset I960
2711* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2712@end ifset
2713@end ifclear
2714@end menu
2715
2716@node Integers
2717@subsubsection Integers
2718@cindex integers
2719@cindex constants, integer
2720
2721@cindex binary integers
2722@cindex integers, binary
2723A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2724the binary digits @samp{01}.
2725
2726@cindex octal integers
2727@cindex integers, octal
2728An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2729digits (@samp{01234567}).
2730
2731@cindex decimal integers
2732@cindex integers, decimal
2733A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2734more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2735
2736@cindex hexadecimal integers
2737@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2738A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2739more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2740
2741Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2742the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2743(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2744
2745@node Bignums
2746@subsubsection Bignums
2747
2748@cindex bignums
2749@cindex constants, bignum
2750A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2751except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2752represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2753integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2754
2755@node Flonums
2756@subsubsection Flonums
2757@cindex flonums
2758@cindex floating point numbers
2759@cindex constants, floating point
2760
2761@cindex precision, floating point
2762A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2763indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2764@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2765sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2766to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2767portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2768
2769A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2770@itemize @bullet
2771@item
2772The digit @samp{0}.
2773@ifset HPPA
2774(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2775@end ifset
2776
2777@item
a4fb0134 2778A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2779@ifset GENERIC
2780@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2781@ignore
2782@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2783(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
27844.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2785@end ignore
2786
7be1c489 2787On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2788and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2789one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2790
2791On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2792(in upper or lower case).
2793
2794On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2795one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2796
2797On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2798@end ifset
2799@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2800@ifset ARC
2801One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2802@end ifset
2803@ifset H8
2804One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2805@end ifset
2806@ifset HPPA
2807The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2808@end ifset
2809@ifset I960
2810One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2811@end ifset
2812@end ifclear
2813
2814@item
2815An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2816
2817@item
2818An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2819
2820@item
2821An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2822or more decimal digits.
2823
2824@item
2825An optional exponent, consisting of:
2826
2827@itemize @bullet
2828@item
2829An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2830@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2831@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2832@item
2833Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2834@item
2835One or more decimal digits.
2836@end itemize
2837
2838@end itemize
2839
2840At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2841present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2842
a4fb0134 2843@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2844independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2845@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2846
2847@ifclear GENERIC
2848@ifset I960
2849@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2850@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2851@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2852@node Bit Fields
2853@subsubsection Bit Fields
2854
2855@cindex bit fields
2856@cindex constants, bit field
2857You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2858Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2859@example
2860@var{mask}:@var{value}
2861@end example
2862@noindent
a4fb0134 2863@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2864@var{value}.
2865
2866The resulting number is then packed
2867@ifset GENERIC
2868@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2869(in host-dependent byte order)
2870@end ifset
2871into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2872bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2873requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2874more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2875least significant digits.@refill
2876
2877The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2878@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2879@end ifset
2880@end ifclear
2881
2882@node Sections
2883@chapter Sections and Relocation
2884@cindex sections
2885@cindex relocation
2886
2887@menu
2888* Secs Background:: Background
2889* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2890* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2891* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2892* bss:: bss Section
2893@end menu
2894
2895@node Secs Background
2896@section Background
2897
2898Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2899``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2900For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2901
2902@cindex linker, and assembler
2903@cindex assembler, and linker
2904The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2905combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2906emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2907@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2908different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2909oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2910sections.
2911
2912@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2913addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2914units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2915within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2916run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2917the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2918the proper run-time addresses.
2919@ifset H8
7be1c489 2920For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2921@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2922ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2923@end ifset
2924
2925@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2926An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2927of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2928@dfn{bss} sections.
2929
c1253627 2930@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2931@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2932When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2933@end ifset
a4fb0134 2934@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2935using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2936If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2937or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2938@end ifset
2939
2940@ifset HPPA
2941@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2942When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2943@end ifset
a4fb0134 2944@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2945specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2946@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2947(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2948assembler directives.
2949
2950@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2951Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2952text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2953is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2954BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2955@end ifset
2956@end ifset
2957
2958Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2959data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2960
2961@ifset HPPA
2962When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2963section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2964@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2965@end ifset
2966
2967To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2968relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2969object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2970@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2971file is mentioned:
2972@itemize @bullet
2973@item
2974Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2975an address?
2976@item
2977How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2978@item
2979Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
2980@display
2981(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
2982@end display
2983@item
2984Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
2985@end itemize
2986
2987@cindex addresses, format of
2988@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 2989In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
2990@display
2991(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
2992@end display
2993@noindent
a4fb0134 2994Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
2995nature.
2996@ifset SOM
2997(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
2998symbol-relative instead.)
2999@end ifset
3000
3001In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3002@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3003
3004Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3005@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3006addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3007@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3008@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3009data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3010their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3011part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3012address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3013
3014The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3015address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3016rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3017Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3018address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3019common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3020time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3021
3022By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3023the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3024sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3025customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3026the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3027data and bss sections.
3028
3029Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3030use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3031
3032@node Ld Sections
3033@section Linker Sections
3034@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3035
3036@table @strong
3037
c1253627 3038@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3039@cindex named sections
3040@cindex sections, named
3041@item named sections
3042@end ifset
3043@ifset aout-bout
3044@cindex text section
3045@cindex data section
3046@itemx text section
3047@itemx data section
3048@end ifset
a4fb0134 3049These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3050separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3051true of another.
3052@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3053When the program is running, however, it is
3054customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3055text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3056instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3057program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3058in the data section.
c1253627 3059@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3060
3061@cindex bss section
3062@item bss section
3063This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3064is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3065each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3066out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3067bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3068those explicit zeros from object files.
3069
3070@cindex absolute section
3071@item absolute section
3072Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3073This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3074not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3075addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3076
3077@cindex undefined section
3078@item undefined section
3079This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3080the preceding sections.
3081@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3082@end table
3083
3084@cindex relocation example
3085An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3086@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3087The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3088@end ifset
3089Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3090
3091@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3092@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3093@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3094@smallexample
3095 +-----+----+--+
3096partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3097 +-----+----+--+
3098
3099 text data bss
3100 seg. seg. seg.
3101
3102 +---+---+---+
3103partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3104 +---+---+---+
3105
3106 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3107linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3108 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3109
3110 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3111@end smallexample
3112@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3113@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3114@need 5000
3115@tex
c1253627 3116\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3117\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3118\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3119\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3120
3121\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3122\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3123\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3124
3125\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3126\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3127\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3128ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3129DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3130
3131\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3132\line{0\dots\hfil}
3133
3134@end tex
3135@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3136
3137@node As Sections
3138@section Assembler Internal Sections
3139
3140@cindex internal assembler sections
3141@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3142These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3143have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3144sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3145warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3146meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3147value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3148section-relative address.
3149
3150@table @b
3151@cindex assembler internal logic error
3152@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3153An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3154bug in the assembler.
3155
3156@cindex expr (internal section)
3157@item expr section
3158The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3159symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3160it in the expr section.
3161@c FIXME item debug
3162@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3163@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3164@c FIXME item register
3165@end table
3166
3167@node Sub-Sections
3168@section Sub-Sections
3169
3170@cindex numbered subsections
3171@cindex grouping data
3172@ifset aout-bout
3173Assembled bytes
c1253627 3174@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3175conventionally
3176@end ifset
3177fall into two sections: text and data.
3178@end ifset
3179You may have separate groups of
3180@ifset GENERIC
3181data in named sections
3182@end ifset
3183@ifclear GENERIC
3184@ifclear aout-bout
3185data in named sections
3186@end ifclear
3187@ifset aout-bout
3188text or data
3189@end ifset
3190@end ifclear
3191that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3192are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3193use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3194numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3195same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3196subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3197section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3198assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3199section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3200constants being output.
3201
3202Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3203goes in subsection number zero.
3204
3205@ifset GENERIC
3206Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3207(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3208of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3209@end ifset
3210@ifclear GENERIC
3211@ifset H8
7be1c489 3212On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3213boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3214The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3215@end ifset
3216@ifset I960
3217@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3218@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3219@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3220@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3221@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3222@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3223@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3224@end ifclear
3225
3226Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3227to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3228The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3229other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3230They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3231data subsections as a data section.
3232
3233To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3234into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3235@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3236@ifset COFF
252b5132 3237@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3238When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3239@end ifset
3240@ifclear GENERIC
3241You
3242@end ifclear
3243can also use an extra subsection
3244argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3245@var{expression}}.
3246@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3247@ifset ELF
3248@ifset GENERIC
3249When generating ELF output, you
3250@end ifset
3251@ifclear GENERIC
3252You
3253@end ifclear
3254can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3255to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3256@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3257@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3258(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3259is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3260begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3261@smallexample
3262.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3263.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3264.text 1
3265.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3266.data 0
3267.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3268.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3269.text 0
3270.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3271.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3272@end smallexample
3273
3274Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3275assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3276restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3277counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3278@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3279current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3280assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3281
3282@node bss
3283@section bss Section
3284
3285@cindex bss section
3286@cindex common variable storage
3287The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3288You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3289not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3290your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3291section are zeroed bytes.
3292
3293The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3294@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3295
3296The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3297another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3298
3299@ifset GENERIC
3300When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3301COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3302see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3303section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3304@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3305@end ifset
3306
3307@node Symbols
3308@chapter Symbols
3309
3310@cindex symbols
3311Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3312things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3313to debug.
3314
3315@quotation
3316@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3317@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3318the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3319@end quotation
3320
3321@menu
3322* Labels:: Labels
3323* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3324* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3325* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3326* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3327@end menu
3328
3329@node Labels
3330@section Labels
3331
3332@cindex labels
3333A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3334@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3335active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3336operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3337different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3338definitions.
3339
3340@ifset HPPA
3341On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3342colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3343a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3344provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3345@end ifset
3346
3347@node Setting Symbols
3348@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3349
3350@cindex assigning values to symbols
3351@cindex symbol values, assigning
3352A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3353by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3354(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3355directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3356equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3357@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3358
f8739b83
JZ
3359@ifset Blackfin
3360Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3361@end ifset
3362
252b5132
RH
3363@node Symbol Names
3364@section Symbol Names
3365
3366@cindex symbol names
3367@cindex names, symbol
3368@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3369Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3370machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3371noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3372string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3373particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3374@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3375@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3376@ifset H8
3377Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3378Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3379character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3380on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3381@end ifset
3382@end ifset
3383
3384Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3385than @code{Foo}.
3386
3387Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3388refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3389in a program.
3390
3391@subheading Local Symbol Names
3392
3393@cindex local symbol names
3394@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3395A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3396By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3397@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3398set of local label prefixes.
3399@ifset HPPA
3400On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3401@end ifset
3402
3403Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3404normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3405You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3406@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3407
3408@subheading Local Labels
3409
3410@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3411@cindex temporary symbol names
3412@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3413Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3414They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3415the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3416To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3417represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3418definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3419you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3420@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3421for ``forwards''.
3422
3423There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3424too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3425the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3426defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3427definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3428noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3429implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3430
3431Here is an example:
3432
3433@smallexample
34341: branch 1f
34352: branch 1b
34361: branch 2f
34372: branch 1b
3438@end smallexample
3439
3440Which is the equivalent of:
3441
3442@smallexample
3443label_1: branch label_3
3444label_2: branch label_1
3445label_3: branch label_4
3446label_4: branch label_3
3447@end smallexample
3448
ba83aca1 3449Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3450transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3451The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3452are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3453these parts:
252b5132
RH
3454
3455@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3456@item @emph{local label prefix}
3457All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3458Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3459that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3460used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3461@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3462object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3463you may use them in debugging.
3464
2d5aaba0
NC
3465@item @var{number}
3466This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3467label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3468
2d5aaba0
NC
3469@item @kbd{C-B}
3470This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3471of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3472
3473@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3474This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3475@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3476number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3477the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3478@end table
3479
ba83aca1
BW
3480So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3481the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3482
3483@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3484@cindex dollar local symbols
3485
3486@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3487dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3488soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3489region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3490scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3491the same local label.
3492
3493Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3494except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3495@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3496
3497They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3498names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3499to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3500@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3501
3502@node Dot
3503@section The Special Dot Symbol
3504
3505@cindex dot (symbol)
3506@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3507@cindex current address
3508@cindex location counter
3509The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3510@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3511.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3512Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3513directive.
252b5132 3514@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3515Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3516@samp{.space 4}.
3517@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3518
3519@node Symbol Attributes
3520@section Symbol Attributes
3521
3522@cindex symbol attributes
3523@cindex attributes, symbol
3524Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3525``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3526attributes.
3527@ifset INTERNALS
3528The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3529@end ifset
3530
a4fb0134 3531If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3532all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3533symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3534would want.
3535
3536@menu
3537* Symbol Value:: Value
3538* Symbol Type:: Type
3539@ifset aout-bout
3540@ifset GENERIC
3541* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3542@end ifset
3543@ifclear GENERIC
3544@ifclear BOUT
3545* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3546@end ifclear
3547@ifset BOUT
3548* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3549@end ifset
3550@end ifclear
3551@end ifset
3552@ifset COFF
3553* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3554@end ifset
3555@ifset SOM
3556* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3557@end ifset
3558@end menu
3559
3560@node Symbol Value
3561@subsection Value
3562
3563@cindex value of a symbol
3564@cindex symbol value
3565The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3566location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3567number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3568Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3569as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3570symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3571called absolute.
3572
3573The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
35740 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3575@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3576same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3577name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3578common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3579bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3580allocated storage.
3581
3582@node Symbol Type
3583@subsection Type
3584
3585@cindex type of a symbol
3586@cindex symbol type
3587The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3588information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3589(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3590format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3591
3592@ifset aout-bout
3593@ifclear GENERIC
3594@ifset BOUT
3595@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3596@c better if it were available outside examples.
3597@need 1000
3598@node a.out Symbols
3599@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3600
3601@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3602@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3603These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3604one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3605@code{b.out}.
3606
3607@end ifset
3608@ifclear BOUT
3609@node a.out Symbols
3610@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3611
3612@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3613@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3614
3615@end ifclear
3616@end ifclear
3617@ifset GENERIC
3618@node a.out Symbols
3619@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3620
3621@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3622@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3623
3624@end ifset
3625@menu
3626* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3627* Symbol Other:: Other
3628@end menu
3629
3630@node Symbol Desc
3631@subsubsection Descriptor
3632
3633@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3634This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3635descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3636(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3637@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3638
3639@node Symbol Other
3640@subsubsection Other
3641
3642@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3643This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3644@end ifset
3645
3646@ifset COFF
3647@node COFF Symbols
3648@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3649
3650@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3651@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3652
3653The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3654like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3655@code{.endef} directives.
3656
3657@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3658
3659@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3660The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3661respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3662
3663@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3664
3665@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3666The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3667@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3668table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3669@end ifset
3670
3671@ifset SOM
3672@node SOM Symbols
3673@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3674
3675@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3676@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3677
3678The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3679the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3680
01642c12 3681The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3682Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3683@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3684@end ifset
3685
3686@node Expressions
3687@chapter Expressions
3688
3689@cindex expressions
3690@cindex addresses
3691@cindex numeric values
3692An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3693Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3694
3695The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3696a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3697enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3698section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3699the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3700@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3701
3702@menu
3703* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3704* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3705@end menu
3706
3707@node Empty Exprs
3708@section Empty Expressions
3709
3710@cindex empty expressions
3711@cindex expressions, empty
3712An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3713Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3714expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3715is compatible with other assemblers.
3716
3717@node Integer Exprs
3718@section Integer Expressions
3719
3720@cindex integer expressions
3721@cindex expressions, integer
3722An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3723by @emph{operators}.
3724
3725@menu
3726* Arguments:: Arguments
3727* Operators:: Operators
3728* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3729* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3730@end menu
3731
3732@node Arguments
3733@subsection Arguments
3734
3735@cindex expression arguments
3736@cindex arguments in expressions
3737@cindex operands in expressions
3738@cindex arithmetic operands
3739@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3740contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3741this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3742the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3743expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3744instruction operands.
3745
3746Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3747@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3748or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3749integer.
3750
3751Numbers are usually integers.
3752
3753A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3754that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3755these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3756instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3757assemblers.
3758
3759@cindex subexpressions
3760Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3761expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3762operator followed by an argument.
3763
3764@node Operators
3765@subsection Operators
3766
3767@cindex operators, in expressions
3768@cindex arithmetic functions
3769@cindex functions, in expressions
3770@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3771operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3772between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3773whitespace.
3774
3775@node Prefix Ops
3776@subsection Prefix Operator
3777
3778@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3779@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3780one argument, which must be absolute.
3781
3782@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3783@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3784@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3785@tex
3786\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3787@end tex
3788
3789@table @code
3790@item -
3791@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3792@item ~
3793@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3794@end table
3795
3796@tex
3797\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3798@end tex
3799
3800@node Infix Ops
3801@subsection Infix Operators
3802
3803@cindex infix operators
3804@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3805@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3806have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3807to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3808absolute, and the result is absolute.
3809
3810@enumerate
3811@cindex operator precedence
3812@cindex precedence of operators
3813
3814@item
3815Highest Precedence
3816
3817@table @code
3818@item *
3819@dfn{Multiplication}.
3820
3821@item /
3822@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3823
3824@item %
3825@dfn{Remainder}.
3826
d1eac9d9 3827@item <<
252b5132
RH
3828@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3829
d1eac9d9 3830@item >>
252b5132
RH
3831@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3832@end table
3833
3834@item
3835Intermediate precedence
3836
3837@table @code
3838@item |
3839
3840@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3841
3842@item &
3843@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3844
3845@item ^
3846@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3847
3848@item !
3849@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3850@end table
3851
3852@item
b131d4dc 3853Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3854
3855@table @code
3856@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3857@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3858@cindex arguments for addition
3859@item +
3860@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3861the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3862sections.
3863
3864@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3865@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3866@cindex arguments for subtraction
3867@item -
3868@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3869result has the section of the left argument.
3870If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3871You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3872@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3873
3874@cindex comparison expressions
3875@cindex expressions, comparison
3876@item ==
3877@dfn{Is Equal To}
3878@item <>
723a8472 3879@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3880@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3881@item <
3882@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3883@item >
b131d4dc 3884@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3885@item >=
b131d4dc 3886@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3887@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3888@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3889
3890The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3891value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3892perform signed comparisons.
3893@end table
3894
3895@item Lowest Precedence
3896
3897@table @code
3898@item &&
3899@dfn{Logical And}.
3900
3901@item ||
3902@dfn{Logical Or}.
3903
3904These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3905expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3906value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3907or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3908
252b5132
RH
3909@end table
3910@end enumerate
3911
3912In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3913address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3914
3915@node Pseudo Ops
3916@chapter Assembler Directives
3917
3918@cindex directives, machine independent
3919@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3920@cindex machine independent directives
3921All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3922The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3923
3924This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3925target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3926@ifset GENERIC
3927Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3928@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3929@end ifset
3930@ifclear GENERIC
3931@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3932@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3933@end ifset
3934@end ifclear
3935
3936@menu
3937* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3938@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3939* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3940@end ifset
f0dc282c 3941
252b5132 3942* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3943* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3944* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3945* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3946* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3947* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3948* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3949* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3950* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3951@ifset COFF
3952* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3953@end ifset
3954@ifset aout-bout
3955* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3956@end ifset
3957@ifset COFF
3958* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3959@end ifset
f0dc282c 3960
252b5132
RH
3961* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3962* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3963* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3964* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3965* End:: @code{.end}
3966@ifset COFF
3967* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3968@end ifset
f0dc282c 3969
252b5132
RH
3970* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3971* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3972* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3973* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3974* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3975* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3976* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3977* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3978* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3979* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 3980* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
3981* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
3982* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 3983* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 3984* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 3985@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 3986* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
3987* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
3988@end ifset
f0dc282c 3989
252b5132
RH
3990* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
3991* Ident:: @code{.ident}
3992* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 3993* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
3994* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
3995* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
3996@ifset ELF
3997* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
3998@end ifset
f0dc282c 3999
252b5132
RH
4000* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4001* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4002* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4003* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4004@ifclear no-line-dir
4005* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4006@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4007
252b5132
RH
4008* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4009* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4010* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4011* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4012* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4013@ifset ELF
4014* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4015@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4016
252b5132
RH
4017* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4018@ignore
4019* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4020@end ignore
f0dc282c 4021
252b5132
RH
4022* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4023* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4024* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4025* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4026* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4027* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4028* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4029* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4030@ifset ELF
4031* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4032* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4033@end ifset
f0dc282c 4034
252b5132 4035* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4036@ifset ELF
4037* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4038@end ifset
f0dc282c 4039
252b5132
RH
4040* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4041* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4042@ifset ELF
4043* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4044@end ifset
f0dc282c 4045
252b5132 4046* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4047* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4048* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4049* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4050@ifset COFF
4051* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4052@end ifset
4053@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4054* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4055@end ifset
f0dc282c 4056
252b5132
RH
4057* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4058* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4059* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4060@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4061* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4062@end ifset
884f0d36 4063@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4064* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4065@end ifclear
4066
252b5132 4067* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4068@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4069* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4070@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4071@ifset have-stabs
4072* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4073@end ifset
f0dc282c 4074
38a57ae7 4075* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4076* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4077@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4078* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4079* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4080@end ifset
f0dc282c 4081
252b5132
RH
4082@ifset COFF
4083* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4084@end ifset
f0dc282c 4085
252b5132
RH
4086* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4087* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4088@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4089* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4090@end ifset
4091
c91d2e08 4092* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4093@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4094* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4095@end ifset
f0dc282c 4096
2e13b764 4097@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4098* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4099* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4100* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4101@end ifset
f0dc282c 4102
d190d046 4103* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4104* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4105* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4106* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4107* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4108@end menu
4109
4110@node Abort
4111@section @code{.abort}
4112
4113@cindex @code{abort} directive
4114@cindex stopping the assembly
4115This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4116compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4117assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4118of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4119quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4120
4121@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4122@node ABORT (COFF)
4123@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4124
4125@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4126When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4127synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4128
4129@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4130When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4131but ignores it.
4132@end ifset
4133@end ifset
4134
4135@node Align
4136@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4137
4138@cindex padding the location counter
4139@cindex @code{align} directive
4140Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4141boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4142required, as described below.
4143
4144The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4145padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4146padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4147marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4148with no-op instructions.
4149
4150The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4151it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4152directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4153specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4154fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4155required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4156with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4157
4158The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4159For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4160s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4161alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4162the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4163is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4164first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4165
9e9a9798 4166For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4167strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4168number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4169advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4170counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4171multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4172
4173This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4174native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4175GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4176described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4177architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4178
ccf8a69b
BW
4179@node Altmacro
4180@section @code{.altmacro}
4181Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4182
4183@ftable @code
4184@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4185One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4186generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4187replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4188replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4189separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4190define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4191
4192@item String delimiters
4193You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4194@code{"@var{string}"}:
4195
4196@table @code
4197@item '@var{string}'
4198You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4199
4200@item <@var{string}>
4201You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4202@end table
4203
4204@item single-character string escape
4205To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4206character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4207character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4208write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4209
4210@item Expression results as strings
4211You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4212and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4213@end ftable
4214
252b5132
RH
4215@node Ascii
4216@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4217
4218@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4219@cindex string literals
4220@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4221separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4222trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4223
4224@node Asciz
4225@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4226
4227@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4228@cindex zero-terminated strings
4229@cindex null-terminated strings
4230@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4231a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4232
4233@node Balign
4234@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4235
4236@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4237@cindex @code{balign} directive
4238Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4239storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4240alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4241the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4242is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4243
4244The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4245padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4246padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4247marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4248with no-op instructions.
4249
4250The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4251it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4252directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4253specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4254fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4255required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4256with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4257
4258@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4259@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4260The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4261@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4262pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4263fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
42644,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4265filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4266the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4267undefined.
4268
4269@node Byte
4270@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4271
4272@cindex @code{byte} directive
4273@cindex integers, one byte
4274@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4275Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4276
54cfded0 4277@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4278@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4279@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4280@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4281should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4282If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4283if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4284To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4285directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4286
4b7d318b 4287@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4288@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4289@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4290should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4291data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4292@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4293
01642c12 4294Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4295it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4296
54cfded0
AM
4297@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4298@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4299@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4300unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4301@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4302
9b8ae42e
JJ
4303@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4304@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4305@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4306should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4307argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4308a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4309the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4310can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4311The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4312no personality routine.
4313
4314@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4315@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4316@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4317should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4318argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4319or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4320no LSDA.
4321
54cfded0 4322@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4323@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4324address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4325
4326@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4327@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4328now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4329remains the same.
4330
4331@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4332@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4333remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4334absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4335CFA address.
4336
4337@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4338Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4339value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4340
4341@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4342Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4343CFA.
54cfded0 4344
17076204
RH
4345@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4346Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4347the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4348using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4349This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4350code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4351
4b7d318b
L
4352@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4353Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4354
4355@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4356@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4357same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4358instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4359
4360@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4361From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4362
4363@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4364Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4365i.e. no restoration needed.
4366
01642c12
RM
4367@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4368First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4369then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4370everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4371the previous saved state.
4372
4373@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4374Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4375directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4376
63752a75
JJ
4377@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4378Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4379
6749011b 4380@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4381SPARC register window has been saved.
4382
cdfbf930
RH
4383@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4384Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4385might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4386opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4387
f1c4cc75
RH
4388@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4389The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4390will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4391description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4392
4393The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4394limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4395mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4396by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4397or another register.
4398
ccf8a69b
BW
4399@node Comm
4400@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4401
ccf8a69b
BW
4402@cindex @code{comm} directive
4403@cindex symbol, common
4404@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4405common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4406of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4407definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4408allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4409absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4410the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4411using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4412
c1711530
DK
4413@ifset COFF-ELF
4414When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4415an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4416specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4417that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4418as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4419boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4420power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4421common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4422alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4423largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4424maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4425is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4426@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4427multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4428It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4429(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4430@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4431
ccf8a69b
BW
4432@ifset HPPA
4433The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4434@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4435@end ifset
07a53e5c 4436
252b5132
RH
4437@node Data
4438@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4439
4440@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4441@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4442end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4443absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4444to zero.
4445
4446@ifset COFF
4447@node Def
4448@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4449
4450@cindex @code{def} directive
4451@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4452@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4453Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4454definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4455@ifset BOUT
4456
a4fb0134 4457This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4458format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4459but ignored.
4460@end ifset
4461@end ifset
4462
4463@ifset aout-bout
4464@node Desc
4465@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4466
4467@cindex @code{desc} directive
4468@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4469@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4470This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4471to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4472
4473@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4474The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4475configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4476object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4477it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4478@end ifset
4479@end ifset
4480
4481@ifset COFF
4482@node Dim
4483@section @code{.dim}
4484
4485@cindex @code{dim} directive
4486@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4487@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4488This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4489information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4490@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4491@ifset BOUT
4492
4493@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4494@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4495ignores it.
4496@end ifset
4497@end ifset
4498
4499@node Double
4500@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4501
4502@cindex @code{double} directive
4503@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4504@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4505assembles floating point numbers.
4506@ifset GENERIC
4507The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4508@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4509@end ifset
4510@ifclear GENERIC
4511@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4512On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4513in @sc{ieee} format.
4514@end ifset
4515@end ifclear
4516
4517@node Eject
4518@section @code{.eject}
4519
4520@cindex @code{eject} directive
4521@cindex new page, in listings
4522@cindex page, in listings
4523@cindex listing control: new page
4524Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4525
4526@node Else
4527@section @code{.else}
4528
4529@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4530@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4531assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4532of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4533was false.
4534
3fd9f047
TW
4535@node Elseif
4536@section @code{.elseif}
4537
4538@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4539@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4540assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4541@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4542
252b5132
RH
4543@node End
4544@section @code{.end}
4545
4546@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4547@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4548process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4549
4550@ifset COFF
4551@node Endef
4552@section @code{.endef}
4553
4554@cindex @code{endef} directive
4555This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4556@code{.def}.
4557@ifset BOUT
4558
4559@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4560@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4561directive but ignores it.
4562@end ifset
4563@end ifset
4564
4565@node Endfunc
4566@section @code{.endfunc}
4567@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4568@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4569
4570@node Endif
4571@section @code{.endif}
4572
4573@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4574@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4575it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4576conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4577
4578@node Equ
4579@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4580
4581@cindex @code{equ} directive
4582@cindex assigning values to symbols
4583@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4584This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4585It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4586
4587@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4588The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4589@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4590@end ifset
4591
3c9b82ba 4592@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4593The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4594@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4595On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4596but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4597Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4598@end ifset
4599
252b5132
RH
4600@node Equiv
4601@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4602@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4603The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4604the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4605symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4606undefined.
252b5132 4607
01642c12 4608Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4609@smallexample
4610.ifdef SYM
4611.err
4612.endif
4613.equ SYM,VAL
4614@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4615plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4616
4617@node Eqv
4618@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4619@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4620The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4621evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4622the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4623value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4624
4625@node Err
4626@section @code{.err}
4627@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4628If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4629message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4630object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4631
d190d046
HPN
4632@node Error
4633@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4634@cindex error directive
4635
4636Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4637string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4638message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4639@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4640
4641@smallexample
4642 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4643@end smallexample
4644
252b5132
RH
4645@node Exitm
4646@section @code{.exitm}
4647Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4648
4649@node Extern
4650@section @code{.extern}
4651
4652@cindex @code{extern} directive
4653@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4654with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4655all undefined symbols as external.
4656
4657@node Fail
4658@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4659
4660@cindex @code{fail} directive
4661Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4662or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4663than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4664include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4665complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4666
252b5132 4667@node File
14082c76 4668@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4669@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4670
4671@ifclear no-file-dir
4672There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4673that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4674@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4675
4676@subheading Default Version
4677
252b5132
RH
4678@cindex logical file name
4679@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4680This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4681are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4682
4683@smallexample
4684.file @var{string}
4685@end smallexample
4686
4687@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4688recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4689to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4690statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4691old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4692
4693@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4694@end ifclear
4695
14082c76
BW
4696When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4697to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4698
4699@smallexample
4700.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4701@end smallexample
4702
4703The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4704index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4705literal.
4706
4707The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4708table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4709information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4710entries will have.
4711
252b5132
RH
4712@node Fill
4713@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4714
4715@cindex @code{fill} directive
4716@cindex writing patterns in memory
4717@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4718@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4719This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4720may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4721more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4722other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4723is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4724zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4725byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4726Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4727@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4728compatible with other people's assemblers.
4729
4730@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4731If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4732assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4733@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4734
4735@node Float
4736@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4737
4738@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4739@cindex @code{float} directive
4740This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4741has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4742@ifset GENERIC
4743The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4744@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4745@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4746@end ifset
4747@ifclear GENERIC
4748@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4749On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4750in @sc{ieee} format.
4751@end ifset
4752@end ifclear
4753
4754@node Func
4755@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4756@cindex @code{func} directive
4757@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4758is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4759Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4760@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4761prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4762@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4763All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4764The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4765
4766@node Global
4767@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4768
4769@cindex @code{global} directive
4770@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4771@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4772@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4773other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4774@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4775from another file linked into the same program.
4776
4777Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4778compatibility with other assemblers.
4779
4780@ifset HPPA
4781On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4782partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4783@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4784@end ifset
4785
c91d2e08 4786@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4787@node Gnu_attribute
4788@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4789Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4790
c91d2e08
NC
4791@node Hidden
4792@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4793
c1253627
NC
4794@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4795@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4796This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4797@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4798@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4799
4800This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4801their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4802@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4803Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4804@end ifset
4805
252b5132
RH
4806@node hword
4807@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4808
4809@cindex @code{hword} directive
4810@cindex integers, 16-bit
4811@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4812@cindex sixteen bit integers
4813This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4814a 16 bit number for each.
4815
4816@ifset GENERIC
4817This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4818architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4819@end ifset
4820@ifclear GENERIC
4821@ifset W32
4822This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4823@end ifset
4824@ifset W16
4825This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4826@end ifset
4827@end ifclear
4828
4829@node Ident
4830@section @code{.ident}
4831
4832@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4833
4834This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4835behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4836a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4837source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4838for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4839@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4840emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4841
4842@node If
4843@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4844
4845@cindex conditional assembly
4846@cindex @code{if} directive
4847@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4848considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4849(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4850the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4851(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4852alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4853If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4854nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4855
4856The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4857@table @code
4858@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4859@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4860Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4861has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4862is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4863
26aca5f6
JB
4864@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4865@item .ifb @var{text}
4866Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4867
252b5132
RH
4868@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4869@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4870Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4871strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4872the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4873end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4874string comparison is case sensitive.
4875
4876@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4877@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4878Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4879
4880@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4881@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4882Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4883
4884@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4885@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4886Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4887equal to zero.
4888
4889@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4890@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4891Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4892
4893@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4894@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4895Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4896to zero.
4897
4898@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4899@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4900Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4901
26aca5f6
JB
4902@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4903@item .ifnb @var{text}
4904Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4905following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4906
252b5132
RH
4907@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4908@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4909Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4910following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4911
4912@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4913@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4914@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4915@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4916Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4917has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4918which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4919
4920@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4921@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4922Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4923(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4924
4925@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4926@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4927Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4928following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4929@end table
4930
7e005732
NC
4931@node Incbin
4932@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4933
4934@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4935@cindex binary files, including
4936The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4937location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4938option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4939around @var{file}.
4940
4941The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4942@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4943read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4944responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4945after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4946
252b5132
RH
4947@node Include
4948@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4949
4950@cindex @code{include} directive
4951@cindex supporting files, including
4952@cindex files, including
4953This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4954points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4955if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4956included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4957can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4958(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4959around @var{file}.
4960
4961@node Int
4962@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4963
4964@cindex @code{int} directive
4965@cindex integers, 32-bit
4966Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4967For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4968expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4969of target the assembly is for.
4970
4971@ifclear GENERIC
4972@ifset H8
7be1c489 4973On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4974integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
497532-bit integers.
4976@end ifset
4977@end ifclear
4978
c91d2e08
NC
4979@ifset ELF
4980@node Internal
4981@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
4982
c1253627
NC
4983@cindex @code{internal} directive
4984@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4985This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4986@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 4987@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4988
4989This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4990their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4991@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 4992(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
4993processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
4994@end ifset
4995
252b5132
RH
4996@node Irp
4997@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4998
4999@cindex @code{irp} directive
5000Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5001The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5002terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5003set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5004@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5005@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5006sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5007
5008For example, assembling
5009
5010@example
5011 .irp param,1,2,3
5012 move d\param,sp@@-
5013 .endr
5014@end example
5015
5016is equivalent to assembling
5017
5018@example
5019 move d1,sp@@-
5020 move d2,sp@@-
5021 move d3,sp@@-
5022@end example
5023
96e9638b 5024For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5025
252b5132
RH
5026@node Irpc
5027@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5028
5029@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5030Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5031The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5032terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5033@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5034assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5035assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5036@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5037
5038For example, assembling
5039
5040@example
5041 .irpc param,123
5042 move d\param,sp@@-
5043 .endr
5044@end example
5045
5046is equivalent to assembling
5047
5048@example
5049 move d1,sp@@-
5050 move d2,sp@@-
5051 move d3,sp@@-
5052@end example
5053
5e75c3ab
JB
5054For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5055at @xref{Macro}.
5056
252b5132
RH
5057@node Lcomm
5058@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5059
5060@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5061@cindex local common symbols
5062@cindex symbols, local common
5063Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5064denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5065those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5066section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5067is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5068not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5069
5070@ifset GENERIC
5071Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5072argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5073@end ifset
5074
5075@ifset HPPA
5076The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5077@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5078@end ifset
5079
5080@node Lflags
5081@section @code{.lflags}
5082
5083@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5084@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5085assemblers, but ignores it.
5086
5087@ifclear no-line-dir
5088@node Line
5089@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5090
5091@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5092@cindex logical line number
5093@ifset aout-bout
5094Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5095expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5096statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5097reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5098@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5099for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5100@end ifset
5101
252b5132 5102Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5103@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5104when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5105were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5106@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5107
5108Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5109used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5110debugging.
5111@end ifclear
5112
5113@node Linkonce
5114@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5115@cindex COMDAT
5116@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5117@cindex common sections
5118Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5119This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5120but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5121The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5122Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5123unique.
5124
5125This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5126writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5127Executable format used on Windows NT.
5128
5129The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5130following strings. For example:
5131@smallexample
5132.linkonce same_size
5133@end smallexample
5134Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5135
5136@table @code
5137@item discard
5138Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5139
5140@item one_only
5141Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5142
5143@item same_size
5144Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5145
5146@item same_contents
5147Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5148@end table
5149
ccf8a69b
BW
5150@node List
5151@section @code{.list}
5152
5153@cindex @code{list} directive
5154@cindex listing control, turning on
5155Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5156not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5157internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5158counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5159generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5160
5161By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5162@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5163the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5164
252b5132
RH
5165@node Ln
5166@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5167
5168@cindex @code{ln} directive
5169@ifclear no-line-dir
5170@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5171@end ifclear
5172@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5173Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5174must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5175line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5176statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5177line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5178@ifset BOUT
5179
a4fb0134 5180This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5181configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5182output format.
5183@end ifset
5184@end ifset
5185
ccf8a69b
BW
5186@node Loc
5187@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5188@cindex @code{loc} directive
5189When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5190the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5191number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5192instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5193arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5194the row is added.
252b5132 5195
ccf8a69b
BW
5196The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5197
5198@table @code
5199@item basic_block
5200This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5201@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5202
5203@item prologue_end
5204This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5205@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5206
5207@item epilogue_begin
5208This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5209@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5210
5211@item is_stmt @var{value}
5212This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5213@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5214either 0 or 1.
5215
5216@item isa @var{value}
5217This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5218state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5219
92846e72
CC
5220@item discriminator @var{value}
5221This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5222state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5223
ccf8a69b
BW
5224@end table
5225
5226@node Loc_mark_labels
5227@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5228@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5229When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5230the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5231to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5232register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5233The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5234this function respectively.
252b5132 5235
4d4175af
BW
5236@ifset ELF
5237@node Local
5238@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5239
5240@cindex @code{local} directive
5241This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5242the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5243will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5244they will be created.
5245
5246For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5247accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5248the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5249(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5250@end ifset
5251
252b5132
RH
5252@node Long
5253@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5254
5255@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5256@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5257
5258@ignore
5259@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5260@c what it really ought to do
5261@node Lsym
5262@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5263
5264@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5265@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5266@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5267the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5268rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5269the same as the expression value:
5270@smallexample
5271@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5272@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5273@var{value} = @var{expression}
5274@end smallexample
5275@noindent
5276The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5277@end ignore
5278
5279@node Macro
5280@section @code{.macro}
5281
5282@cindex macros
5283The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5284generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5285@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5286
5287@example
5288 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5289 .long \from
5290 .if \to-\from
5291 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5292 .endif
5293 .endm
5294@end example
5295
5296@noindent
5297With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5298
5299@example
5300 .long 0
5301 .long 1
5302 .long 2
5303 .long 3
5304 .long 4
5305 .long 5
5306@end example
5307
5308@ftable @code
5309@item .macro @var{macname}
5310@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5311@cindex @code{macro} directive
5312Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5313definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5314separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5315indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5316@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5317(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5318macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5319cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5320subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5321definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5322
5323@table @code
5324@item .macro comm
5325Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5326arguments.
5327
6258339f 5328@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5329@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5330Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5331which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5332@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5333
5334@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5335Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5336arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5337After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5338@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5339@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5340,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5341@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5342
6eaeac8a
JB
5343@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5344Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5345arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5346not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5347will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5348
252b5132
RH
5349When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5350position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5351@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5352
6258339f
NC
5353@end table
5354
5e75c3ab
JB
5355Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5356as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5357occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5358characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5359(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5360architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5361character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5362replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5363construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5364identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5365this macro definition:
5366
5367@example
5368 .macro label l
5369\l:
5370 .endm
5371@end example
5372
5373might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5374called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5375assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5376identifier.
5377
5378Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5379which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5380for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5381length specifier like this:
5382
5383@example
5384 .macro opcode base length
5385 \base.\length
5386 .endm
5387@end example
5388
5389and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5390instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5391interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5392
5393There are several possible ways around this problem:
5394
5395@table @code
5396@item Insert white space
5397If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5398solution. eg:
5399
5400@example
5401 .macro label l
5402\l :
5403 .endm
5404@end example
5405
5406@item Use @samp{\()}
5407The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5408the following text. eg:
5409
5410@example
5411 .macro opcode base length
5412 \base\().\length
5413 .endm
5414@end example
5415
5416@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5417In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5418used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5419
5420@example
5421 .altmacro
5422 .macro label l
5423l&:
5424 .endm
5425@end example
6258339f 5426@end table
5e75c3ab 5427
96e9638b 5428Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5429also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5430and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5431
252b5132
RH
5432@item .endm
5433@cindex @code{endm} directive
5434Mark the end of a macro definition.
5435
5436@item .exitm
5437@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5438Exit early from the current macro definition.
5439
5440@cindex number of macros executed
5441@cindex macros, count executed
5442@item \@@
a4fb0134 5443@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5444executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5445output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5446
252b5132
RH
5447@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5448@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5449macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5450@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5451@end ftable
252b5132 5452
ccf8a69b
BW
5453@node MRI
5454@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5455
ccf8a69b
BW
5456@cindex @code{mri} directive
5457@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5458If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5459@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5460affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5461of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5462
caa32fe5
NC
5463@node Noaltmacro
5464@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5465Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5466
252b5132
RH
5467@node Nolist
5468@section @code{.nolist}
5469
5470@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5471@cindex listing control, turning off
5472Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5473not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5474internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5475counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5476generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5477
5478@node Octa
5479@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5480
5481@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5482@cindex @code{octa} directive
5483@cindex integer, 16-byte
5484@cindex sixteen byte integer
5485This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5486bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5487
5488The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5489hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5490
9aec2026
NC
5491@node Offset
5492@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5493
5494@cindex @code{offset} directive
5495Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5496be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5497symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
5498directive.
5499
252b5132
RH
5500@node Org
5501@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5502
5503@cindex @code{org} directive
5504@cindex location counter, advancing
5505@cindex advancing location counter
5506@cindex current address, advancing
5507Advance the location counter of the current section to
5508@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5509expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5510you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5511wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5512with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5513@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5514is the same as the current subsection.
5515
5516@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5517unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5518backwards.
5519
5520@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5521@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5522@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5523Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5524may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5525a chance to share your improved assembler.
5526
5527Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5528to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5529people's assemblers.
5530
5531When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5532intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5533absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5534@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5535
5536@node P2align
5537@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5538
5539@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5540@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5541Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5542storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5543number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5544advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5545counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5546multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5547
5548The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5549padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5550padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5551marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5552with no-op instructions.
5553
5554The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5555it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5556directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5557specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5558fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5559required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5560with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5561
5562@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5563@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5564The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5565@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5566pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5567fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
55682,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5569filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5570the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5571undefined.
5572
ccf8a69b
BW
5573@ifset ELF
5574@node PopSection
5575@section @code{.popsection}
5576
5577@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5578@cindex Section Stack
5579This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5580@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5581@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5582(@pxref{Previous}).
5583
5584This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5585section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5586stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5587@end ifset
5588
c91d2e08
NC
5589@ifset ELF
5590@node Previous
5591@section @code{.previous}
5592
c1253627 5593@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5594@cindex Section Stack
5595This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5596@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5597@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5598(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5599
5600This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5601referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5602@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5603subsections). For example:
5604
5605@smallexample
5606.section A
5607 .subsection 1
5608 .word 0x1234
5609 .subsection 2
5610 .word 0x5678
5611.previous
5612 .word 0x9abc
5613@end smallexample
5614
5615Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5616section A. Whilst:
5617
5618@smallexample
5619.section A
5620.subsection 1
5621 # Now in section A subsection 1
5622 .word 0x1234
5623.section B
5624.subsection 0
5625 # Now in section B subsection 0
5626 .word 0x5678
5627.subsection 1
5628 # Now in section B subsection 1
5629 .word 0x9abc
5630.previous
5631 # Now in section B subsection 0
5632 .word 0xdef0
5633@end smallexample
5634
5635Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5636section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5637
5638In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5639the top section on the section stack.
5640@end ifset
5641
252b5132
RH
5642@node Print
5643@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5644
5645@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5646@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5647assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5648
c91d2e08
NC
5649@ifset ELF
5650@node Protected
5651@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5652
c1253627
NC
5653@cindex @code{protected} directive
5654@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5655This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5656@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5657
5658This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5659their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5660@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5661components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5662component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5663this.
c91d2e08
NC
5664@end ifset
5665
252b5132
RH
5666@node Psize
5667@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5668
5669@cindex @code{psize} directive
5670@cindex listing control: paper size
5671@cindex paper size, for listings
5672Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5673number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5674
5675If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5676of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5677default width is 200 columns.
5678
a4fb0134 5679@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5680lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5681@code{.eject}).
5682
5683If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5684those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5685
5686@node Purgem
5687@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5688
5689@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5690Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5691expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5692
c91d2e08
NC
5693@ifset ELF
5694@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5695@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5696
c1253627 5697@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5698@cindex Section Stack
5699This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5700@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5701@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5702(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5703
e9863d7f
DJ
5704This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5705top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5706subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5707@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5708as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5709@end ifset
5710
252b5132
RH
5711@node Quad
5712@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5713
5714@cindex @code{quad} directive
5715@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5716each bignum, it emits
5717@ifclear bignum-16
5718an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5719warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5720@cindex eight-byte integer
5721@cindex integer, 8-byte
5722
5723The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5724hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5725@end ifclear
5726@ifset bignum-16
5727a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5728warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5729@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5730@cindex integer, 16-byte
5731@end ifset
5732
05e9452c
AM
5733@node Reloc
5734@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5735
5736@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5737Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5738@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5739the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5740symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5741@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5742absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5743targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5744relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5745section.
5746
252b5132
RH
5747@node Rept
5748@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5749
5750@cindex @code{rept} directive
5751Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5752@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5753
5754For example, assembling
5755
5756@example
5757 .rept 3
5758 .long 0
5759 .endr
5760@end example
5761
5762is equivalent to assembling
5763
5764@example
5765 .long 0
5766 .long 0
5767 .long 0
5768@end example
5769
5770@node Sbttl
5771@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5772
5773@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5774@cindex subtitles for listings
5775@cindex listing control: subtitle
5776Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5777title line) when generating assembly listings.
5778
5779This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5780it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5781
5782@ifset COFF
5783@node Scl
5784@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5785
5786@cindex @code{scl} directive
5787@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5788@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5789Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5790used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5791whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5792symbolic debugging information.
5793@ifset BOUT
5794
5795The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5796configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5797accepts this directive but ignores it.
5798@end ifset
5799@end ifset
5800
c1253627 5801@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5802@node Section
c1253627 5803@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5804
252b5132
RH
5805@cindex named section
5806Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5807named @var{name}.
5808
5809This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5810named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5811with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5812
c1253627
NC
5813@ifset COFF
5814@ifset ELF
5815@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5816@subheading COFF Version
5817@end ifset
5818
5819@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5820For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5821ways:
c91d2e08 5822
252b5132
RH
5823@smallexample
5824.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5825.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5826@end smallexample
5827
5828If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5829section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5830@table @code
5831@item b
5832bss section (uninitialized data)
5833@item n
5834section is not loaded
5835@item w
5836writable section
5837@item d
5838data section
5839@item r
5840read-only section
5841@item x
5842executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5843@item s
5844shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5845@item a
5846ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5847@item y
5848section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5849@item 0-9
5850single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5851@end table
5852
5853If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5854the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5855loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5856from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5857will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5858
5859If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5860taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5861@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5862
5863@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5864@ifset COFF
5865@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5866@subheading ELF Version
5867@end ifset
5868
c91d2e08
NC
5869@cindex Section Stack
5870This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 5871@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
5872(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5873@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5874
c1253627 5875@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5876For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5877
252b5132 5878@smallexample
7047dd1e 5879.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5880@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5881
252b5132 5882The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5883combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5884@table @code
5885@item a
5886section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
5887@item e
5888section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
5889@item w
5890section is writable
5891@item x
5892section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5893@item M
5894section is mergeable
5895@item S
5896section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5897@item G
5898section is a member of a section group
5899@item T
5900section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
5901@item ?
5902section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
5903@end table
5904
5905The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5906@table @code
5907@item @@progbits
5908section contains data
5909@item @@nobits
5910section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5911@item @@note
5912section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5913@item @@init_array
5914section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5915@item @@fini_array
5916section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5917@item @@preinit_array
5918section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5919@end table
5920
10b016c2
PB
5921Many targets only support the first three section types.
5922
ececec60
NC
5923Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5924ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5925@code{%} character.
5926
22fe14ad 5927If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5928be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5929
5930@smallexample
5931.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5932@end smallexample
5933
5934Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5935constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5936@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5937@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5938the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
5939absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
5940which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
5941@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
5942@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
5943
5944If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5945be present along with an additional field like this:
5946
5947@smallexample
5948.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5949@end smallexample
5950
5951The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5952particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5953@table @code
5954@item comdat
5955indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5956@item .gnu.linkonce
5957an alias for comdat
5958@end table
5959
96e9638b 5960Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5961the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5962
5963@smallexample
5964.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5965@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5966
01642c12
RM
5967If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
5968@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
5969present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
5970this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
5971@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
5972If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
5973
252b5132
RH
5974If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5975the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5976none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5977executable. The section will contain data.
5978
5979For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5980directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5981
252b5132
RH
5982@smallexample
5983.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5984@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5985
252b5132
RH
5986Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5987separated flags:
5988@table @code
5989@item #alloc
5990section is allocatable
5991@item #write
5992section is writable
5993@item #execinstr
5994section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
5995@item #exclude
5996section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
5997@item #tls
5998section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 5999@end table
c91d2e08 6000
e9863d7f
DJ
6001This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6002contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6003some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6004work.
c1253627
NC
6005@end ifset
6006@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6007
6008@node Set
6009@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6010
6011@cindex @code{set} directive
6012@cindex symbol value, setting
6013Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6014changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6015@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6016flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6017
6018You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6019
6020If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6021file is the last value stored into it.
6022
3c9b82ba
NC
6023@ifset Z80
6024On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6025@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6026@end ifset
6027
252b5132
RH
6028@node Short
6029@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6030
6031@cindex @code{short} directive
6032@ifset GENERIC
6033@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6034@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6035
6036In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6037numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6038@end ifset
6039@ifclear GENERIC
6040@ifset W16
6041@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6042@end ifset
6043@ifset W32
6044This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6045a 16 bit number for each.
6046@end ifset
6047@end ifclear
6048
6049@node Single
6050@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6051
6052@cindex @code{single} directive
6053@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6054This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6055has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6056@ifset GENERIC
6057The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6058@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6059@end ifset
6060@ifclear GENERIC
6061@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6062On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6063numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6064@end ifset
6065@end ifclear
6066
c1253627 6067@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6068@node Size
c1253627 6069@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6070
c1253627
NC
6071This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6072
6073@ifset COFF
6074@ifset ELF
6075@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6076@subheading COFF Version
6077@end ifset
6078
6079@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6080For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6081@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6082
6083@smallexample
6084.size @var{expression}
6085@end smallexample
252b5132 6086
c91d2e08 6087@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6088@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6089@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6090ignores it.
6091@end ifset
c1253627 6092@end ifset
c91d2e08 6093
c1253627
NC
6094@ifset ELF
6095@ifset COFF
6096@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6097@subheading ELF Version
6098@end ifset
6099
6100@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6101For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6102
c1253627
NC
6103@smallexample
6104.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6105@end smallexample
6106
6107This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6108The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6109arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6110symbols.
c1253627
NC
6111@end ifset
6112@end ifset
252b5132 6113
252b5132
RH
6114@ifclear no-space-dir
6115@node Skip
6116@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6117
6118@cindex @code{skip} directive
6119@cindex filling memory
6120This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6121@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6122@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6123@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6124@end ifclear
252b5132 6125
ccf8a69b
BW
6126@node Sleb128
6127@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6128
6129@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6130@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6131compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6132symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6133
884f0d36 6134@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6135@node Space
6136@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6137
6138@cindex @code{space} directive
6139@cindex filling memory
6140This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6141@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6142and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6143as @samp{.skip}.
6144
6145@ifset HPPA
6146@quotation
6147@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6148targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6149Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6150@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6151for a summary.
6152@end quotation
6153@end ifset
6154@end ifclear
6155
252b5132
RH
6156@ifset have-stabs
6157@node Stab
6158@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6159
6160@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6161@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6162There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6163All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6164The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6165cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6166Up to five fields are required:
6167
6168@table @var
6169@item string
6170This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6171@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6172debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6173using this field.
6174
6175@item type
6176An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6177this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6178and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6179
6180@item other
6181An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6182low 8 bits of this expression.
6183
6184@item desc
6185An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6186bits of this expression.
6187
6188@item value
6189An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6190@end table
6191
6192If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6193or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6194you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6195compatible with earlier assemblers!
6196
6197@table @code
6198@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6199@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6200
6201The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6202It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6203null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6204strings.
6205
6206The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6207relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6208is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6209assembled.
6210
6211@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6212@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6213The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6214
6215@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6216@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6217All five fields are specified.
6218@end table
6219@end ifset
6220@c end have-stabs
6221
6222@node String
38a57ae7 6223@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6224"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6225
6226@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6227@cindex string8, copying to object file
6228@cindex string16, copying to object file
6229@cindex string32, copying to object file
6230@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6231@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6232@cindex @code{string8} directive
6233@cindex @code{string16} directive
6234@cindex @code{string32} directive
6235@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6236
6237Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6238one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6239particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6240You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6241
01642c12 6242The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6243the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6244copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6245are stored in target endianness byte order.
6246
6247Example:
6248@smallexample
6249 .string32 "BYE"
6250expands to:
6251 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6252 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6253@end smallexample
6254
6255
252b5132
RH
6256@node Struct
6257@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6258
6259@cindex @code{struct} directive
6260Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6261which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6262@smallexample
6263 .struct 0
6264field1:
6265 .struct field1 + 4
6266field2:
6267 .struct field2 + 4
6268field3:
6269@end smallexample
6270This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6271@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6272value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6273use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6274before further assembly.
6275
c91d2e08
NC
6276@ifset ELF
6277@node SubSection
6278@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6279
c1253627 6280@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6281@cindex Section Stack
6282This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6283@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6284@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6285(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6286
6287This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6288section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6289in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6290@end ifset
6291
252b5132
RH
6292@ifset ELF
6293@node Symver
6294@section @code{.symver}
6295@cindex @code{symver} directive
6296@cindex symbol versioning
6297@cindex versions of symbols
6298Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6299within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6300typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6301There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6302into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6303shared library.
6304
79082ff0 6305For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6306@smallexample
6307.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6308@end smallexample
339681c0 6309If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6310being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6311alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6312just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6313permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6314of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6315itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6316have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6317file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6318function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6319the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6320building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6321symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6322nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6323
6324If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6325references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6326reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6327symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6328
6329Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6330@smallexample
6331.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6332@end smallexample
6333In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6334the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6335difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6336references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6337
6338The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6339@smallexample
6340.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6341@end smallexample
6342When @var{name} is not defined within the
6343file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6344@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6345name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6346@end ifset
6347
6348@ifset COFF
6349@node Tag
6350@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6351
6352@cindex COFF structure debugging
6353@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6354@cindex @code{tag} directive
6355This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6356information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6357@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6358definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6359@ifset BOUT
6360
6361@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6362@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6363ignores it.
6364@end ifset
6365@end ifset
6366
6367@node Text
6368@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6369
6370@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6371Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6372the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6373expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6374is used.
6375
6376@node Title
6377@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6378
6379@cindex @code{title} directive
6380@cindex listing control: title line
6381Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6382source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6383
6384This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6385it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6386
c1253627 6387@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6388@node Type
c1253627
NC
6389@section @code{.type}
6390
6391This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6392
6393@ifset COFF
6394@ifset ELF
6395@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6396@subheading COFF Version
6397@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6398
6399@cindex COFF symbol type
6400@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6401@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6402For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6403@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6404
6405@smallexample
6406.type @var{int}
6407@end smallexample
6408
6409This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6410entry.
252b5132 6411
c91d2e08 6412@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6413@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6414@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6415directive but ignores it.
6416@end ifset
c1253627 6417@end ifset
c91d2e08 6418
c1253627
NC
6419@ifset ELF
6420@ifset COFF
6421@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6422@subheading ELF Version
6423@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6424
6425@cindex ELF symbol type
6426@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6427@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6428For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6429
6430@smallexample
6431.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6432@end smallexample
6433
6434This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6435function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6436supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6437compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6438
6439Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6440@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6441below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6442the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6443maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6444assemblers.
6445
6446The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6447
6448@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6449 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6450 .type <name>,#<type>
6451 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6452 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6453 .type <name>,"<type>"
6454@end smallexample
6455
6456The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6457
5671778d
NC
6458@table @gcctabopt
6459@item STT_FUNC
6460@itemx function
6461Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6462
d8045f23
NC
6463@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6464@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6465Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6466processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6467
5671778d
NC
6468@item STT_OBJECT
6469@itemx object
6470Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6471
6472@item STT_TLS
6473@itemx tls_object
6474Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6475
6476@item STT_COMMON
6477@itemx common
6478Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6479
6480@item STT_NOTYPE
6481@itemx notype
6482Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6483
3e7a7d11
NC
6484@item gnu_unique_object
6485Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6486will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6487name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6488systems).
3e7a7d11 6489
5671778d
NC
6490@end table
6491
6492Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6493
c1253627
NC
6494@end ifset
6495@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6496
6497@node Uleb128
6498@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6499
6500@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6501@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6502compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6503symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6504
6505@ifset COFF
6506@node Val
6507@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6508
6509@cindex @code{val} directive
6510@cindex COFF value attribute
6511@cindex value attribute, COFF
6512This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6513records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6514entry.
6515@ifset BOUT
6516
a4fb0134 6517@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6518configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6519@end ifset
6520@end ifset
6521
2e13b764 6522@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6523@node Version
6524@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6525
c1253627 6526@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6527This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6528formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6529@end ifset
2e13b764 6530
c91d2e08
NC
6531@ifset ELF
6532@node VTableEntry
6533@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6534
653cfe85 6535@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6536This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6537@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6538
c91d2e08
NC
6539@node VTableInherit
6540@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6541
653cfe85 6542@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6543This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6544@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6545parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6546parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6547@end ifset
2e13b764 6548
d190d046
HPN
6549@node Warning
6550@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6551@cindex warning directive
6552Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6553(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6554
c91d2e08
NC
6555@node Weak
6556@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6557
c1253627 6558@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6559This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6560@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6561
01642c12 6562On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6563directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6564@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6565
977cdf5a 6566On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6567When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6568alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6569
06e77878
AO
6570@node Weakref
6571@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6572
6573@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6574This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6575be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6576If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6577will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6578symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6579
6580The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6581assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6582symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6583resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6584had the references to the alias removed.
6585
6586The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6587within the assembler.
6588
252b5132
RH
6589@node Word
6590@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6591
6592@cindex @code{word} directive
6593This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6594separated by commas.
6595@ifclear GENERIC
6596@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6597For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6598@end ifset
6599@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6600For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6601@end ifset
6602@end ifclear
6603@ifset GENERIC
6604
6605The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6606depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6607@end ifset
6608
6609@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6610@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6611@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6612@cindex difference tables altered
6613@cindex altered difference tables
6614@quotation
6615@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6616@end quotation
6617
6618@ifset GENERIC
6619Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6620addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6621interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6622@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6623
6624@end ifset
6625In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6626@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6627Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6628compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6629directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6630@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6631creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6632This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6633first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6634of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6635table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6636contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6637@code{sym2}.
6638
6639If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6640secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6641@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6642long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6643and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6644minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6645entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6646
6647@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6648@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6649@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6650assembly language programmers.
6651@end ifset
6652@end ifset
6653@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6654
6655@node Deprecated
6656@section Deprecated Directives
6657
6658@cindex deprecated directives
6659@cindex obsolescent directives
6660One day these directives won't work.
6661They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6662@table @t
6663@item .abort
6664@item .line
6665@end table
6666
3a99f02f
DJ
6667@ifset ELF
6668@node Object Attributes
6669@chapter Object Attributes
6670@cindex object attributes
6671
6672@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6673into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6674Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6675point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6676requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6677passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6678hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6679generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6680newer generation at run-time.
6681
6682This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6683@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6684time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6685correctly.
6686
6687Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6688attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6689string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6690and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6691or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6692attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6693
6694Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6695The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6696
6697@menu
6698* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6699* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6700@end menu
6701
6702@node GNU Object Attributes
6703@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6704
6705The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6706with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6707
6708Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6709its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6710an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
67112} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6712architecture-dependent ones.
6713
6714@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6715
6716These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6717
6718@table @r
6719@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6720The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6721the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6722then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6723than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6724arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6725@end table
6726
6727@subsection MIPS Attributes
6728
6729@table @r
6730@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6731The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6732
6733@itemize @bullet
6734@item
67350 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6736@item
67371 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6738FPU.
6739@item
67402 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6741@item
67423 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6743@item
67444 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6745double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6746purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6747@end itemize
6748@end table
6749
6750@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6751
6752@table @r
6753@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6754The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6755
6756@itemize @bullet
6757@item
67580 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6759@item
3c7b9897 67601 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6761@item
67622 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6763@item
67643 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6765@end itemize
6766
6767@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6768The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6769
6770@itemize @bullet
6771@item
67720 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6773@item
67741 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6775@item
67762 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6777@item
67783 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6779@end itemize
6780@end table
6781
6782@node Defining New Object Attributes
6783@section Defining New Object Attributes
6784
6785If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6786will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6787mailing list.
6788
6789@itemize @bullet
6790@item
6791This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6792@item
6793The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6794@item
6795The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6796and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6797@item
6798Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6799@item
6800@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6801@item
6802GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6803@end itemize
6804
6805@end ifset
6806
252b5132
RH
6807@ifset GENERIC
6808@node Machine Dependencies
6809@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6810
6811@cindex machine dependencies
6812The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6813each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6814vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6815directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6816assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6817@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6818optimization.
6819
6820This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6821include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6822subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6823
6824@menu
625e1353
RH
6825@ifset ALPHA
6826* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6827@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6828@ifset ARC
6829* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6830@end ifset
6831@ifset ARM
6832* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6833@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6834@ifset AVR
6835* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6836@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6837@ifset Blackfin
6838* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6839@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6840@ifset CR16
6841* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6842@end ifset
8bf549a8 6843@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6844* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6845@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6846@ifset D10V
6847* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6848@end ifset
6849@ifset D30V
6850* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6851@end ifset
6852@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6853* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6854@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6855@ifset HPPA
6856* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6857@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6858@ifset I370
6859* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6860@end ifset
252b5132 6861@ifset I80386
55b62671 6862* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6863@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6864@ifset I860
6865* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6866@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6867@ifset I960
6868* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6869@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6870@ifset IA64
6871* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6872@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6873@ifset IP2K
6874* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6875@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6876@ifset LM32
6877* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6878@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6879@ifset M32C
6880* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6881@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6882@ifset M32R
6883* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6884@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6885@ifset M680X0
6886* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6887@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6888@ifset M68HC11
6889* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6890@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6891@ifset MICROBLAZE
6892* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6893@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6894@ifset MIPS
6895* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6896@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6897@ifset MMIX
6898* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6899@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6900@ifset MSP430
6901* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6902@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
6903@ifset NS32K
6904* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
6905@end ifset
252b5132 6906@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6907* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6908* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6909@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6910@ifset PDP11
6911* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6912@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6913@ifset PJ
6914* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6915@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6916@ifset PPC
6917* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6918@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
6919@ifset RX
6920* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
6921@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6922@ifset S390
6923* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6924@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6925@ifset SCORE
6926* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6927@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6928@ifset SPARC
6929* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6930@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6931@ifset TIC54X
6932* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6933@end ifset
40b36596
JM
6934@ifset TIC6X
6935* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
6936@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
6937@ifset TILEGX
6938* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
6939@end ifset
6940@ifset TILEPRO
6941* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
6942@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6943@ifset V850
6944* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6945@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6946@ifset XTENSA
6947* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6948@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6949@ifset Z80
6950* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6951@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6952@ifset Z8000
6953* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6954@end ifset
6955@ifset VAX
6956* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6957@end ifset
6958@end menu
6959
6960@lowersections
6961@end ifset
6962
6963@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6964@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6965@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6966@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6967@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6968@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6969@c in both conditional blocks.
6970
625e1353
RH
6971@ifset ALPHA
6972@include c-alpha.texi
6973@end ifset
6974
6975@ifset ARC
6976@include c-arc.texi
6977@end ifset
6978
252b5132
RH
6979@ifset ARM
6980@include c-arm.texi
6981@end ifset
6982
8473f7a4
DC
6983@ifset AVR
6984@include c-avr.texi
6985@end ifset
6986
3b4e1885 6987@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
6988@include c-bfin.texi
6989@end ifset
6990
3d3d428f
NC
6991@ifset CR16
6992@include c-cr16.texi
6993@end ifset
6994
328eb32e
HPN
6995@ifset CRIS
6996@include c-cris.texi
6997@end ifset
6998
c2dcd04e 6999@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7000@ifclear GENERIC
7001@node Machine Dependencies
7002@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7003
c2dcd04e 7004The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7005and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7006chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7007family.
7008
7009@menu
c2dcd04e 7010* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7011* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7012@end menu
7013@lowersections
7014@end ifclear
7015@end ifset
7016
7017@ifset D10V
7018@include c-d10v.texi
7019@end ifset
7020
7021@ifset D30V
7022@include c-d30v.texi
7023@end ifset
7024
7025@ifset H8/300
7026@include c-h8300.texi
7027@end ifset
7028
252b5132
RH
7029@ifset HPPA
7030@include c-hppa.texi
7031@end ifset
7032
5b93d8bb
AM
7033@ifset I370
7034@include c-i370.texi
7035@end ifset
7036
252b5132
RH
7037@ifset I80386
7038@include c-i386.texi
7039@end ifset
7040
e3308d0d
JE
7041@ifset I860
7042@include c-i860.texi
7043@end ifset
7044
252b5132
RH
7045@ifset I960
7046@include c-i960.texi
7047@end ifset
7048
9e32ca89
NC
7049@ifset IA64
7050@include c-ia64.texi
7051@end ifset
7052
a40cbfa3
NC
7053@ifset IP2K
7054@include c-ip2k.texi
7055@end ifset
7056
84e94c90
NC
7057@ifset LM32
7058@include c-lm32.texi
7059@end ifset
7060
49f58d10
JB
7061@ifset M32C
7062@include c-m32c.texi
7063@end ifset
7064
ec694b89
NC
7065@ifset M32R
7066@include c-m32r.texi
7067@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7068
7069@ifset M680X0
7070@include c-m68k.texi
7071@end ifset
7072
60bcf0fa
NC
7073@ifset M68HC11
7074@include c-m68hc11.texi
7075@end ifset
7076
01642c12 7077@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7078@include c-microblaze.texi
7079@end ifset
7080
252b5132
RH
7081@ifset MIPS
7082@include c-mips.texi
7083@end ifset
7084
3c3bdf30
NC
7085@ifset MMIX
7086@include c-mmix.texi
7087@end ifset
7088
2469cfa2
NC
7089@ifset MSP430
7090@include c-msp430.texi
7091@end ifset
7092
252b5132
RH
7093@ifset NS32K
7094@include c-ns32k.texi
7095@end ifset
7096
e135f41b
NC
7097@ifset PDP11
7098@include c-pdp11.texi
7099@end ifset
7100
041dd5a9
ILT
7101@ifset PJ
7102@include c-pj.texi
7103@end ifset
7104
418c1742
MG
7105@ifset PPC
7106@include c-ppc.texi
7107@end ifset
7108
046d31c2
NC
7109@ifset RX
7110@include c-rx.texi
7111@end ifset
7112
11c19e16
MS
7113@ifset S390
7114@include c-s390.texi
7115@end ifset
7116
c0157db4
NC
7117@ifset SCORE
7118@include c-score.texi
7119@end ifset
7120
252b5132
RH
7121@ifset SH
7122@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7123@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7124@end ifset
7125
7126@ifset SPARC
7127@include c-sparc.texi
7128@end ifset
7129
39bec121
TW
7130@ifset TIC54X
7131@include c-tic54x.texi
7132@end ifset
7133
40b36596
JM
7134@ifset TIC6X
7135@include c-tic6x.texi
7136@end ifset
7137
aa137e4d
NC
7138@ifset TILEGX
7139@include c-tilegx.texi
7140@end ifset
7141
7142@ifset TILEPRO
7143@include c-tilepro.texi
7144@end ifset
7145
3c9b82ba
NC
7146@ifset Z80
7147@include c-z80.texi
7148@end ifset
7149
252b5132
RH
7150@ifset Z8000
7151@include c-z8k.texi
7152@end ifset
7153
7154@ifset VAX
7155@include c-vax.texi
7156@end ifset
7157
7158@ifset V850
7159@include c-v850.texi
7160@end ifset
7161
e0001a05
NC
7162@ifset XTENSA
7163@include c-xtensa.texi
7164@end ifset
7165
252b5132
RH
7166@ifset GENERIC
7167@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7168@raisesections
7169@end ifset
7170
7171@node Reporting Bugs
7172@chapter Reporting Bugs
7173@cindex bugs in assembler
7174@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7175
a4fb0134 7176Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7177
7178Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7179not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7180entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7181Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7182
7183In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7184information that enables us to fix the bug.
7185
7186@menu
7187* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7188* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7189@end menu
7190
7191@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7192@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7193@cindex bug criteria
7194
7195If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7196
7197@itemize @bullet
7198@cindex fatal signal
7199@cindex assembler crash
7200@cindex crash of assembler
7201@item
7202If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7203@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7204
7205@cindex error on valid input
7206@item
a4fb0134 7207If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7208
7209@cindex invalid input
7210@item
a4fb0134 7211If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7212is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7213be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7214
7215@item
7216If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7217of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7218@end itemize
7219
7220@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7221@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7222@cindex bug reports
7223@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7224
7225A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7226you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7227contact that organization first.
7228
7229You can find contact information for many support companies and
7230individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7231distribution.
7232
ad22bfe8 7233@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7234In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7235to @value{BUGURL}.
7236@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7237
7238The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7239@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7240fact or leave it out, state it!
7241
7242Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7243and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7244name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7245not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7246happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7247perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7248the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7249give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7250and the most helpful.
7251
7252Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7253it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7254that the bug has not been reported previously.
7255
7256Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7257bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7258respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7259You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7260
7261To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7262
7263@itemize @bullet
7264@item
a4fb0134 7265The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7266it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7267
7268Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7269the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7270
7271@item
a4fb0134 7272Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7273
7274@item
7275The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7276version number.
7277
7278@item
a4fb0134 7279What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7280``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7281
7282@item
7283The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7284observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7285all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7286
7287If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7288and then we might not encounter the bug.
7289
7290@item
7291A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7292the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7293high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7294when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7295the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7296file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7297@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7298
7299@item
7300A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7301incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7302
a4fb0134 7303Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7304will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7305notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7306make a mistake.
7307
7308Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7309explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7310@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7311library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7312would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7313would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7314expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7315observations.
7316
7317@item
a4fb0134 7318If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7319diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7320option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7321discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7322by line number.
7323
7324The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7325sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7326@end itemize
7327
7328Here are some things that are not necessary:
7329
7330@itemize @bullet
7331@item
7332A description of the envelope of the bug.
7333
7334Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7335which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7336changes will not affect it.
7337
7338This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7339will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7340with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7341We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7342
7343Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7344of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7345output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7346less time, and so on.
7347
7348However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7349report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7350
7351@item
7352A patch for the bug.
7353
7354A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7355the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7356a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7357to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7358
a4fb0134 7359Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7360construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7361the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7362one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7363
7364And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7365patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7366help us to understand.
7367
7368@item
7369A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7370
7371Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7372things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7373@end itemize
7374
7375@node Acknowledgements
7376@chapter Acknowledgements
7377
653cfe85 7378If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7379it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12
RM
7380maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7381@c (January 1994),
252b5132
RH
7382the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7383
7384Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7385more details?}
7386
7387Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7388information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7389extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7390
7391K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7392many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7393up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7394testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7395including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7396and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7397support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7398port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7399file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7400assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7401
7402Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7403in format-specific I/O modules.
7404
7405The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7406has done much work with it since.
7407
7408The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7409
7410Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7411
7412The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7413University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7414
7415Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7416(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7417(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7418support a.out format.
7419
7be1c489
AM
7420Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7421tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7422Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7423use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7424targets.
7425
7426John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7427simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7428updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7429fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7430remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7431cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7432required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7433
7434Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
743568k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7436added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7437PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7438
653cfe85 7439Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7440
7441Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7442
7443Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7444along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7445formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7446the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7447
7448Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7449Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7450Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7451Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7452and some initial 64-bit support).
7453
c1253627 7454Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7455
252b5132
RH
7456Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7457support for openVMS/Alpha.
7458
39bec121
TW
7459Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7460flavors.
7461
e0001a05 7462David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7463Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7464
252b5132
RH
7465Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7466configuration enhancements.
7467
84e94c90
NC
7468Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7469
252b5132
RH
7470Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7471you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7472want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7473intentionally leaving anyone out.
7474
793c5807
NC
7475@node GNU Free Documentation License
7476@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7477@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7478
370b66a1
CD
7479@node AS Index
7480@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7481
7482@printindex cp
7483
252b5132
RH
7484@bye
7485@c Local Variables:
7486@c fill-column: 79
7487@c End: